11.01.2013 Views

Ɗaukaka Ga Allah - Family Radio Worldwide

Ɗaukaka Ga Allah - Family Radio Worldwide

Ɗaukaka Ga Allah - Family Radio Worldwide

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

HAROLD CAMPING/FAMILY RADIO<br />

<strong>Ɗaukaka</strong><br />

<strong>Ga</strong> <strong>Allah</strong>


<strong>Ɗaukaka</strong> <strong>Ga</strong> <strong>Allah</strong><br />

(Hausa: To God Be The Glory)<br />

Harold Camping<br />

<strong>Family</strong> Stations, Inc.<br />

Oakland, California, 94621 U.S.A.<br />

Internet: www.familyradio.com<br />

06-22-09<br />

ii


<strong>Ɗaukaka</strong> <strong>Ga</strong> <strong>Allah</strong><br />

Abinda Ke Ciki<br />

GABATARWA.........................................................................................v<br />

Sura Ta Ɗaya: Abin mamaki da ya shafi sanin gaskiya.......................... 1<br />

Sura ta Biyu: Rashin sahihancin fahimtar Shirin Shari’a irin ta fuskar<br />

al’ada ...................................................................................... 7<br />

Ina jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong>? ..................................................................... 10<br />

Ƙaunar mutum ga mutum....................................................... 13<br />

Sura Ta Uku: <strong>Allah</strong> Alƙalin dukan duniya ........................................... 22<br />

Tsarin shari’a Na <strong>Allah</strong> ........................................................... 25<br />

Menene jahannama? ............................................................... 27<br />

Ƙorama Ta Wuta..................................................................... 27<br />

Mai Arziki da la"azaru............................................................. 31<br />

Sura Ta Huɗu: Yaushe ne Kristi ya mutu? ........................................... 36<br />

Ya ƙare................................................................................... 41<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>fara mai ban al"ajibi ........................................................... 43<br />

Sura ta Biyar:Shirin <strong>Allah</strong> na hukunci ................................................. 44<br />

Waɗanda ba zaɓɓaɓu ba da suka mutu kafin ranar shari’a...... 48<br />

Zaɓɓaɓu waɗanda ba a cece su ba tukuna .............................. 49<br />

Waɗanda aka ceta kuma yanzu haka suna nan Zaune a wannan<br />

duniyar .................................................................................. 49<br />

Waɗanda ba zaɓɓaɓu ba da suke da rai har ranar 21 ga watan<br />

Mayu 2011............................................................................. 50<br />

Tashin mattatun da ba su da ceto........................................... 50<br />

Masu bi suna Shari’anta Marasa Ceto<br />

Yaƙin Armageddon................................................................. 54<br />

Takaitawa............................................................................... 57<br />

Kowanne ido zai ganshi.......................................................... 61<br />

Sura Ta Shida: Masarautar da aka ƙirƙiro domin nuna ɗaukaka<br />

da hikimar Kristi ................................................................................ 65<br />

iii


Zaɓɓaɓu: Mutane miliyan 200 .................................................70<br />

Miliyoyin mutane da basu da ceto sun mutu ba tare da sanin<br />

fushin <strong>Allah</strong> ba........................................................................72<br />

Sura Ta Bakwai: Ceto........................................................................ 80<br />

Jerin Ayoyi da shafi .......................................................................... 84<br />

iv


GABATARWA<br />

Wannan litafin ƙarin bayani ne kan littafin nan Mun Kusa Kai <strong>Ga</strong><br />

Ƙarshe. A cikin littafin nan Mun Kusa Kai <strong>Ga</strong> Ƙarshe, mun iya ƙoƙari,<br />

tare da taimakon <strong>Allah</strong>, nuna cewa Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya koyar da<br />

sahihancin cewa farkon ranar shari’a wanda ya zo daidai da ranar<br />

fyaucewa wato ranar 21 ga Mayu 2011. <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayar da wannan<br />

bayanin mai ban mamaki gare mu kamar yadda ya alkawarta <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

faɗa a cikin Littafin Mai-Wa’azi sura 8:5-6 cewa:<br />

‘‘...Zuciyar mai hikima kuwa ta kan gane kwanakin da shari’a<br />

kuma a kowane dalili akwai lokaci da shari’a...”<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya ɓoye wannan bayanin lokaci da shirin <strong>Allah</strong> na shari’a<br />

daga dukan ’yan adam har da Ikklisiya dukan tsawon zamanin Ikklisiya.<br />

Bugu da ƙari <strong>Allah</strong> ya bar bayani a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki wanda ya<br />

koyar da cewa Kristi zai dawo kamar ɓarawo da dare. Wannan ya faru ne<br />

domin Ikkilisiya ta maida hankali a kan kai bishara a cikin duniya. (duba<br />

Ayyukan Manzanni 1:6-8).<br />

Da yake bayani game da lokaci yana da alaƙa da shirin shari’ar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>. An yiwa shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> munmunar fahimta cikin shekaru<br />

1,955 na zamanin Ikklisiya. Duk da haka nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne cikin wannan<br />

lokaci na ƙarshen duniya, masu bi na gaskiya zasu faɗakar da duniya<br />

game da tsarin lokaci na <strong>Allah</strong> da kuma niyar sa ta hallaka duniya. Ya ba<br />

masu bi na gaskiya cikakken bayani game da lokacin ƙarshen duniya<br />

domin dangantakar da ke tsakanin jadawalin <strong>Allah</strong> da kuma abin<br />

mamaki da zai faru da kuma shari’a,. Ya kuma ba masu bi na gaskiya<br />

cikakken bayani saboda kamar yadda Nuhu da Yunana suka yi, za su<br />

gargaɗi duniya game da hukunci mai zuwa.<br />

Wannan wahayi na ƙarshen zamani da shari’a, shaida ce ta<br />

ƙaunar <strong>Allah</strong> da jinƙansa da bashi misaltuwa. Mutane nawa ne a garin<br />

Nineva suka yi kuka suka roƙi <strong>Allah</strong> domin jinƙai inda annabi Yunana<br />

yace kawai wata rana <strong>Allah</strong> na Isra’ila zai hallaka su sabili da muguntar<br />

su? Mutane nawa ne a cikin Ikklisiya suke kuka ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin jinƙansa<br />

sabili da an koya masu cewa wata rana Kristi zai dawo kamar ɓarawo da<br />

dare? A hakikanin gaskiya koyaswar cewa Kristi zai dawo kamar ɓarawo<br />

da dare, koyaswa ce marar tada hankali. Zamanin Ikklisiya ya fara ne<br />

shekaru 1,900 da suka wuce, kuma Kristi bai zo domin ya kawo ƙarshen<br />

duniya ba. Saboda haka zamu yi tunani cewa ba lallai zai zo a<br />

zamaninmu ba. Ko suna sane da shi ko babu, mutanen cikin Ikklisiyai<br />

kimanin mutane biliyan biyu, sun shiga ƙaunar wannan duniyar. Sai dai<br />

domin abubuwa kamar yaƙi da aloba, duniyar nan wurin zama ne mai<br />

daɗi. A nan ne ’yan adam zasu sami abokai da farin ciki da aiki da jin<br />

daɗi da abin dogaro ga kai, da dai sauran su. Duniyar nan ba cikakka ba<br />

ce, amma babu shakka mutane zasu gwammace su zauna a cikin ta da<br />

v


su mutu su rasa dukan abinda ke cikinta. Saboda ba za su so suyi<br />

tunanin cewa wannan duniya zata ƙare ba.<br />

Saboda haka, idan ba masu bi na gaskiya da <strong>Allah</strong> ya sanar da<br />

ainihin lokacin da duniya zata ƙare ba, da kuma masu bi da suka<br />

gaskanta da dukan zuciyarsu cewa gaskiya ne kuma daidai ne, sauran<br />

mutanen duniya zasu dage a kan cewa ko dai Kristi zai zo kamar ɓarawo<br />

da dare ko kuma duniya bazata ƙare ba mundin ɗan adam yana warware<br />

wasu matsalolin ɗumamar yanayi da sauransu.<br />

Waɗanda zasu karanta wannan littafi kuma su yaba kawai sune<br />

waɗanda suka dogara ga <strong>Allah</strong> kuma suka yi la’akari da cewa babbar<br />

albarka da jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong> ne da yake bada wannan bayani ga waɗanda suka<br />

dogara Littafi Mai-Tsarki da gaskiya. Saboda haka muna kyakkyawan<br />

bada shawara ga mai karanta wannan littafi da ya karanta Mun Kusa Kai<br />

<strong>Ga</strong> Ƙarshe! Ana iya samun waɗannan littatafai duka kyauta daga FAMILY<br />

RADIO mai bukata zai iya rubutowa zuwa ga FAMILY RADIO OAKLAND<br />

CALIFONIA,94621,USA. ko kuma ya kira wannan lamba 1-9800-543-<br />

1495 kyauta. Za a kuma iya samunsu a shafin yanan gizo a:<br />

www.familyradio.com<br />

vi


SURA TA ƊAYA<br />

Abu Mai Sarƙaƙiya <strong>Ga</strong>me Da <strong>Ga</strong>skiya<br />

Tunanin mutum da abinda ya yi imani a kai ya ta’alaƙa kan<br />

abinda ya ɗauka a matsayin gaskiya da kuma madogara. Ya yiwu an<br />

gabatar mashi da waɗannan ra’ayoyin a lokutan baya, ko kuma waɗansu<br />

ra’ayoyi ne da aka gabatar da su ayau. Idan aka sami sababbin ra’ayoyi,<br />

za a tankaɗe, a auna bisa ra’ayoyin da ya ɗauka a matsayin gaskiya ya<br />

kuma amince da su.<br />

Hakika, lamarin ke nan yayin da ake batun fahimta irin ta addini.<br />

Da zaran mun koyi waɗansu ra’ayoyi na addini, muka kuma amince da<br />

su, yakan zama da wuya a sake karɓar wani ra’ayi a matsayin gaskiya,<br />

yana da wuya mu karɓi wani ra’ayi a matsayin gaskiya da ya saɓawa<br />

ra’ayoyin da muka riga muka yi imani da su a matsayin gaskiya.<br />

Ta haka wanda ya sami horaswa ta Katolika zai ci gaba da rayuwa<br />

a matsayain ɗan ikilisiyar Kotolika, Baftis kuma Baftis, haka ma mai<br />

addinin Buda, da dai sauransu. Dalili ke nan da ya sa yawancin waɗanda<br />

suka yi zurfi a cikin ikilisiya ba zasu yarda da cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ya gama da<br />

Ikkilisiyoyi ba, ya kuma umurci mutane su fita daga ikkilisiyai, kana an<br />

ɗora shaiɗan ya yi mulki a can, kuma Ruhu Mai-Tsarki ya watsar da<br />

ikilisiyoyi saboda haka babu wanda yake ƙarƙashin ikon ikkilisiya da zai<br />

tsira.<br />

An yita yiwa waɗannan mutanen koyaswa, kuma sun amince da<br />

wannan a matsayin gaskiya da cewa, ikilisiyoyin su, na <strong>Allah</strong> ne kuma<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ne yake mulki a bisan ta. Saboda haka ƙofofin jahannama ba za su<br />

rinjayeta ba. Wannan fahimta, ta sami wurin zama daram a cikin tunanin<br />

su, a matsayin gaskiya ba ja. Saboda haka, duk wata fahimta da za a<br />

gabatar masu daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki sai an auna ta bisa ga fahimtarsu<br />

da kuma tauhidi, wanda suka yi imani da cewa ita ce sahihiyar gaskiya.<br />

Idan ka gabatar masu da sababin ra’ayoyi daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki<br />

da ke koyarwa cewa mun zo ƙarshen zamani ikklisiya, ba za su yi<br />

nazarin batun da zuciya ɗaya ba. Komi zurfin fafatun da suke yi cewa a<br />

shirye suke su karɓi gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki, amma a zahiri, basu iya<br />

zuwa ga sanin wannan sabuwar gaskiyar ba. Dalili ke nan da ya sa a<br />

zamaninmu, mutane ƙalilan ne suke barin ikilisiyoyi bisa ga biyayya da<br />

umurni da <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayar da a guje masu.<br />

Wannan lamarin ya kasance wani abu dake da sarƙaƙiyar gaske a<br />

zamanin mu , domin waɗansu muhimman dalilai guda uku kamar haka:<br />

1. Muna zama a cikin duniya da take dab da ƙarshe. Kuma a<br />

ƙarshen zamani <strong>Allah</strong> ya shirya ya ɗauke hatimin da ya sanya<br />

kan bayanai masu yawa game da ƙarshen zamani da ke cikin<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Saboda haka mu sa rai cewa za a sake<br />

1


nazarin muhimman bayanai daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki da muke<br />

tsammani gaskiya ne .<br />

2. Muna cikin zamani na ƙarshe da ake kira zamanin ƙunci mai-<br />

tsanani, lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> yake gwada waɗanda suke kitan<br />

kansu masu bi na gaskiya. Halin mai-bi na gaskiya shine<br />

yana son ya zama mai gaskiya da biyayya da kowane abu<br />

dake cikin Littafi Mai-Ttsarki.<br />

3. Ta wajen waɗannan jarrabawar, <strong>Allah</strong> zai raba Alkama wato<br />

masu bi na gaskiya daga zawan, waɗanda suka amince da<br />

cewa su masu bi na gaskiya ne, amma ba su sami ceto ba.<br />

Lokacin jarrabawa ya ƙunshi, dukan kwanaki 8,400, (shekaru 23)<br />

lokacin ƙunci mai-tsanani wanda zai fara daga 21 ga watan Mayu<br />

shekata ta 1988, wanda ya ci gaba har zuwa 21 ga Mayu shekara ta<br />

2011. A wannan ranar, ranar hukunci zata fara, ta kuma ci gaba har<br />

21ga Octoba shekata ta 2011.<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki, littafin ruhaniya ne, hanya ɗaya rak kuma da<br />

mutum zai iya gane gaskiyar da ke cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki ita ce idan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya buɗe idanunsa na ruhaniya. Saboda haka, da yake mun amince<br />

da waɗansu karkatattun ra’ayoyi a matsayin gaskiya, waɗanda ba zamu<br />

iya rabuwa da su ba ta ƙashin kanmu, tilas mu koma ga <strong>Allah</strong>, mu roƙi<br />

jinƙan sa, muna addu’a ya buɗe zuciyar mu ya raba mu da tunani da<br />

ra’ayoyin da suka saɓawa Maganarsa.<br />

Matsalarmu ta rashin iya sallama ra’ayoyin da Littafi Mai-Tsarki<br />

ya nuna mana da cewa ba gaskiya bane yana da girma zamanin nan<br />

dangane da wata gaskiya mai muhimmanci, watau, lokacin bayani a<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki. <strong>Ga</strong>skiyar ita ce, da dama a cikinmu, muna nazarin<br />

matsalar lokaci ta wajen yin misali da bayanan Littafi-Mai-Tsarki.<br />

Littafin nan mai shafi 70, “Mun Kusa Kai <strong>Ga</strong> Ƙarshe”, littafi ne da<br />

aka rubuta bayan an shafe shekara 50 ana binciken Littafi Mai-Tsarki<br />

dangane da tarihin zamani. Bugu da ƙari, an ɗauki dubban awoyi ana<br />

tattaunawa akan abinda ke cikin littafin a shirin “<strong>Family</strong> <strong>Radio</strong>” Dandalin<br />

Tattaunawa. A ƙarshen dukan wannan binciken, gaskiyar ita ce, Kristi ba<br />

zai zo kamar barawo da dare ba, amma, zai zo a rana, da wata, da<br />

shekaran da <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana wa masu bi na gaskiya a cikin Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki.<br />

Yanzu, da ace an bada wannan littafin “Mun Kusa Kai <strong>Ga</strong> Ƙarshe”<br />

ga wani ɗan Ikklisiya mai- aminci wanda ya sami koyaswa a kan cewa<br />

Kristi zai dawo kamar ɓarawo da dare. Ya yarda ya karanta wannan<br />

littafi, ya yi adalci ya bada hukunci na gaskiya. Bayan ya karanta shafi<br />

kaɗan, sai ya tarar bai koyar da cewa Kristi zai zo kamar ɓarawo da dare<br />

ba. Nan da nan zai shiga kariya, zai yi tunani cewa, ‘‘Wannan littafi yana<br />

saɓo. Na san ayoyi da yawa da suke koyar da cewa ba wanda ya san<br />

ranar da Kristi zai dawo. Zai zama kuskure a gareni in karanta wannan<br />

2


littafin saɓo’’ kuma a cikin zuciyarsa, yana ganin hukumcin da ya yanke<br />

a kan littafin nan daidai ne.<br />

Abinda bai fahimta ba kuma ba zai fahimta ba shine kwaɗon da<br />

ya kulle zuciyarsa, shine, tun zamanin Ikkilisiya, abin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya yarda<br />

duk mai bi na gaskiya ya sani shi ne cewa, Kristi zai dawo kamar ɓarawo<br />

da dare. Tuni a cikin Ayukan Manzani sura ɗaya manzani sun yi<br />

tambaya, kamar yadda zamu karanta a aya shidda.<br />

Sufa, da suka taru, suka tambaye shi, suka ce, Ubangiji, a<br />

wannan lokaci ne kake mayar wa Isra’ila da mulki?<br />

Suna son su san lokacin da mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> zai cika. Yesu ya amsa<br />

masu a cikin aya 7 da 8.<br />

Ya ce masu, Ba naku bane da zaku san zamanai da lokatai<br />

waɗanda Uba ya sanya a cikin nasa hukunci. Amma, za ku karɓi<br />

iko lokacinda Ruhu Mai-Tsarki ya zo bisanku, zaku zama shaidu<br />

kuma cikin Urushalima da cikin dukan Yahudiya da Samariya har<br />

kuma iyakar duniya.<br />

Watau, akwai aiki da za a yi, aikin kai bishara ga dukan duniya.<br />

Aikin da aka ba Ikklisiya ke nan a zamanin Ikklisiya, bai kamata kuma su<br />

dami kansu a kan ƙarshen zamani ba.<br />

Saboda haka, <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana a fili cewa abinda za a sani kawai<br />

a zamanin Ikklisiya shine zai dawo kamar barawo da dare. Ba wanda ya<br />

san rana ko sa’a da zai dawo. An shafe shekaru 1,900 a zamanin<br />

Ikklisiya ba tare da an san wani abu game da lokacin dawowarsa ba.<br />

Amma ɗan <strong>Allah</strong> na gaskiya, zai ci gaba da karanta Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki kuma a kowanne lokaci yana son ya san gaskiyar Maganar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Lokacin da ya tarar a cikin Ezekiel 3:17 da Ezekiel 33, da cewa shi mai-<br />

tsaro ne wanda tilas ya faɗakar da duniya game da lokacin dawowar<br />

Kristi. Daga nan kuma bayani lokacin zai fara bayyana, faro daga bayanin<br />

game da halittan duniya a 11,013 BC. A hankali za a fara gane tarihin<br />

duniya, zai fara fahimtar muhimmancin bayanin lokaci a cikin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki.<br />

Babu shakka wannan hanya ce da <strong>Allah</strong> ya ke taimakawa mutane<br />

da yawa su gwada kansu, su ga ko suna bauta wa <strong>Allah</strong>n Ikklisiyarsu, ko<br />

fastonsu, ko koyarwarsu ko wani abu dabam da <strong>Allah</strong> na Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki. Wannan ya jadada cewa dukan mu mun dogara ne da bisharar<br />

Ruhu Mai-Tsarki domin sanin gaskiya. Zai zama da ban sha’awa idan<br />

muka ƙasƙantar da kanmu muka yi addu’a, muka amince da cewa bisa<br />

ga iyawarmu da hikimarmu, bamu san komai ba. Za mu iya roƙon<br />

Ubangiji ya buɗe idanunmu zuwa ga sanin gaskiya.<br />

Akwai shirin ƙarin gawaji mai-girma da <strong>Allah</strong> ya sa a cikin Littafi<br />

Mai- Tsarki wanda yake faruwa cikin waɗannan shekaru 23 (kwanaki<br />

3


8,400) na kunci mai-tsanani. Wannan yana da nasaba ne da hisabi na<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ba dayan lokacin ikkilishiya za a iya takaita fahimtar adalcin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> da kuma hukumcinsa kan masu mugunta a duk zamanin Ikklisiya,<br />

da cewa, a rana ta ƙarshe Kristi zai zo ya zauna akan dakalin shari’a.<br />

Duk miyagu da suka mutu, zasu zo tare da waɗanda suna raye, domin<br />

Kristi ya shiryanta su, ɗaya bayan ɗaya. Za’a same su da laifin aikata<br />

laifufuka da dama, a kuma yanke masu hukuncin zuwa wurin da ake kira<br />

jahanama, inda za’a yi masu azaba har abada.<br />

A gaskiya wannan shine tunani da ke zukatan mutane yawancin<br />

mutane a duniya waɗanda suke da wata dogara ga Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne ko suna cikin Ikklisiya ko kuma sun fice daga Ikkilisya domin<br />

sun gane cewa zamanin Ikklisiya ya ƙare. Abinda yawancin Ikkilisiyai<br />

suka fahimta ke nan a dukan zamanin Ikkilisiya. Saboda haka waɗannan<br />

ƙaunatattun mutanen sun yi imani da cewa zasu iya nazarin ayoyin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki, da yadda yake da nasaba da hukunci su kai ga sanin gaskiya<br />

ba tare da son zuciya ba. Sai dai, idan ba tare da Ruhu Mai-Tsarki ya<br />

kwance allon zuciyarsu ba, ba za su kai ga sanin gaskiya ba.<br />

Amma a wannan lokaci muna dab da ƙarshen zamani, kuma <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya ƙara yin muhimman bayanai game da gaskiyar zamanin Ikklisiya da<br />

kuma jaddawalin ƙarshen zamani. Ya kuma bada waɗansu sababbin<br />

bayanai game da tsarin hukunci. Hakika, za mu gane cewa al’adan nan<br />

ta ganin Kristi a matsayin Alkali a ranar ƙarshe, da cewa zai aika da<br />

miyagu zuwa gidan wuta inda fushin <strong>Allah</strong> zai dauwama a kansu har<br />

abada, bai nuna ainihin gaskiyar koyaswar Littafi Mai-Tsarki game da<br />

tsarin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> ba.<br />

Ya kamata kuma a bayyana wata matsala guda ɗaya, yayin da<br />

muke ƙoƙarin ganin gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne ya bari sai<br />

dab da ƙarshen duniya kafin ya yi bayani mai-yawa game da jaddawalin<br />

da shirin tsarin hukucin <strong>Allah</strong>. Saboda haka <strong>Allah</strong> ya rubuta Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki ta hanyar da zai kasance da ayoyi masu wuyar ganewa.<br />

Ɗaya daga cikin hanyoyin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi amfani da su domin ya<br />

zama da wuya a gane gaskiya shine, ya rubuta ayoyin da kalaman da<br />

suke da ma’ana biyu dabam dabam da suka saɓawa juna, ra’ayi da yake<br />

daidai da kuma wanda ba daidai ba. Misali <strong>Allah</strong> ya rubuta a cikin<br />

Timotawus ta daya 3:15 “... Ikklisiyar <strong>Allah</strong> mai rai ke nan, jigon gaskiya<br />

da ƙarfinta”. Bisa ga kalaman wannan shaɗarar, daidai ne a fahimce<br />

wannan aya da cewa Ikklisiya ita ce jigo da kuma tushen gaskiya. Yadda<br />

Ikklisiyar katolika da sababbin Ikklisiyai suke koyar da wannan ayar ke<br />

nan.<br />

Duk da haka, daidai ne a fahimci cewa, wannan ayar tana koyar<br />

da cewa, <strong>Allah</strong> mai-rai shine jigo da tushen gaskiya. <strong>Allah</strong> ya tsara<br />

wannan ayar domin ta zama tarko. Zamu iya sanin kowanne daga cikin<br />

biyun ne daidai ta wajen bin dokokin <strong>Allah</strong> da kuma binciken Littafin<br />

Mai-Tsarki a hankali da gwada aya da aya. Idan Ikklisiya ce jigon da<br />

4


kuma tushen gaskiya na Littafi Mai-Tsarki, kowacce majami’a tana da<br />

damar ruhaniya ta koyarwa, idan ya yiwu kuma, su gyara duk abin da<br />

wata aya a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki take koyarwa, domin Ikklisiya ce jigon<br />

gaskiya. A ɓangare ɗaya kuma, idan <strong>Allah</strong> shine jigo da kuma tushen<br />

gaskiya, hanya guda ɗaya da za mu gane abinda ake koyawa a cikin ayar<br />

da take da wuya shine, ta wajen binciken Littafi Mai-Tsarki a hankali tare<br />

da yin addu’a ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin ya bayyana gaskiyar ta wurin Maganar sa,<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Babu shakka gaskiyar koyarwar wannan ayar ke nan.<br />

Haka kuma, <strong>Allah</strong> ya ɓoye gaskiya da dama a cikin Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki da ke da dangantaka da shirin hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong>. Ayoyi da dama<br />

suna koyaswa a fili kuma daidai, abinda aka saba koyarwa bisa ga al’ada<br />

cewa, a ƙarshen duniya, <strong>Allah</strong> zai tashi dukan waɗanda suka mutu ba<br />

tare da zama zaɓaɓɓu ba, daga mattatu domin su bayyana a gaban<br />

shari’ar Kristi. Za a same su da laifi a kuma yanke masu hukunci maitsanani,<br />

su kuma sha azaba can gaba a wani wurin da ake kira<br />

jahannama.<br />

Za a kuma iya fahimtar waɗannan ayoyin da kyau a kan cewa<br />

suna koyarwar da ta amince da koyaswar cewa za a shafe duniya baki<br />

ɗaya tare da dukan waɗanda ba zaɓaɓɓu ba da basu da ceto a ranar 21<br />

ga watan Octoba shekara ta 2011.<br />

Misali, Litttafi Mai-Tsarki, ya yi Magana kan “Madauwamiyar hallaka” ko<br />

‘‘ƙorama ta wuta marar mutuwa’’. Za a iya fahimtar waɗannan kalmomin<br />

da cewa irin wannan hukumcin ko kuma wutar tana da tsanani da zata<br />

shafe wanda aka yankewa irin wannan hukumcin, yadda ba zai sake<br />

rayuwa ba.<br />

Ta yaya zamu gane ko menene daidai? Zamu san abinda ke<br />

daidai yayin da muka bincike Littafi Mai-Tsarki muka tarar cewa ba a yi<br />

amfani da wannan kalmar ‘‘rai’’, ko ‘‘rayuwa’’ dangane da waɗanda suka<br />

mutu ba tare da sun tuba ba, da kuma waɗanda aka ta da su daga<br />

matattu (ka dubi: Tashin waɗanda basu da ceto daga matattu a shafi ...).<br />

Tilas mu tuna cewa sai mutum yana da rai kafin ya daure azaba.<br />

Bugu da ƙari, <strong>Allah</strong> a cikin yalwar alherinsa ya bamu misalin<br />

wutar har abada. Lokacin da aka hallaka Sodom wutar ta ci gaba da ci na<br />

’yan kwanaki ƙalilan kawai. Duk da haka, an yi magana a kan wutar da ta<br />

hallaka Saduma da <strong>Ga</strong>muratu a matsayin ‘‘wuta ta har abada’’. Mun<br />

karanta a cikin wasiƙa ta yahuda sura 7 cewa:<br />

Kamar yadda Saduma da <strong>Ga</strong>murata, da birane na wajensu, da shi<br />

ke tare da su suke, bada kansu ga fasikanci, suka biɗi kwaɗai ba<br />

irin na tabi’a ba, an nuna su, kamar misalin wuta ta har abada,<br />

cikin hukunci da suke har abada.<br />

Saboda haka, zamu iya tabbatar da cewa bisa ga waɗannan<br />

dalilai da waɗansu dalilai na Littafin Mai-Tsarki, zamu iya gane cewa<br />

fahimta irin wadda aka saba bisa al’ada bata da madogara. Idan wanda<br />

5


ashi da ceto ya mutu, ya mutu har abada, cikin jiki da kuma ruhu. Za a<br />

faɗaɗa wannan gaskiyar idan muka shiga sura ta gaba.<br />

6


Sura Ta Biyu<br />

Rashin Sahihancin Fahimtar Shirin Shari’a Irin Ta Al’ada.<br />

A cikin ’yan shekarun da suka wuce, mun koyi cewa kafin ranar<br />

sharia akwai kwanaki 8,400 (shekara 23) na lokacin da ake kira babban<br />

tsanani. A wannan lokaci, <strong>Allah</strong> yana gwada dukan mutanen, da ke cikin<br />

Ikkilisiya, ko su masu bi na gaskiya ne ko kuma babu. Wato, ko sun<br />

ƙwallafa tunaninsu a kan koyarwar Ikklisiyarsu, ko kuma suna a shirye<br />

su ji su kuma yi biyayya da dukan abin da Littafi Mai-Tsarki ke koyarwa.<br />

Ko da shike yanzu ne aka bayyana waɗansu koyaswa da dama.<br />

A lokacin babban tsanani, wanda muke ciki yanzu, mun gane<br />

cewa <strong>Allah</strong> yana amfani da gwaje gwaje da yawa da suke bambanta<br />

alkama da zawan. An umurta irin wannan gwadawar a cikin Ruya ta<br />

Yohanna 3:10 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Tun da ka kiyaye maganar haƙurina, ni ma zan kiyaye ka daga<br />

sa’ar jaraba, wannan da ke zuwa bisa ga dukan duniya, domin a<br />

jarabci mazannan duniya.<br />

A wannan aya, wannan kalmar “sa’ar Jaraba” ko jaraba ko<br />

gwadawa, tana da alaƙa da babban tsanani na kwanaki 8,400. A wannan<br />

lokacin za a yi gwaje gwaje ko jarabawa da dama, waɗansu misalai da<br />

muka koya suna nan kamar haka:<br />

1. Zamanin Ikkilisiya ya zo ga ƙarshe.<br />

2. Haƙiƙannin ranar sharia.<br />

3. Ainihin fahimtar shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

4. Ainihin fahimtar dukan abinda samun ceto ya ƙunsa.<br />

5. Fahimtar cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ya ɓoye gaskiya mai muhimmanci a<br />

cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki da ba za a bayyana ba sai an kusa<br />

da ƙarshe.<br />

6. Zamu aika wa duniya sakon cewa har yanzu akwai damar<br />

samun ceto, kuma yana yiwuwa a ci gaba da samun ceto<br />

har zuwa rana ta ƙarshe ta babban tsanani ranar 21 ga<br />

watan Mayu, 2011.<br />

7. Dole mu faɗakar da duniya da cewa idan ranar shari’a ta<br />

zo, ba bu sauran damar samun ceto, ko kuma wani jinƙan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki yana nan yau kamar yadda yake lokacin da aka<br />

kammala rubuta shi shakaru 1,900 da suka wuce. Duk da haka sai a<br />

lokacinmu, babu wani, komi zurfin ilimisa ko amincinsu, ko irin bautar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> a matsayin Mai-Cetonsu da suke yi cikin tawali’u. Babu wanda ya<br />

iya sanin ainihin shekarar da aka yi halitta daga Littafi Mai Tsarki, da<br />

7


shekarar da aka yi ruwan Ɗufana ko ranar da aka haifi Yesu. Haka nan<br />

kuma, babu wanda ya iya sanin ainihin cikakken shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Saboda haka, kamar yadda muka ambata a baya, a duk faɗin<br />

zamanin Ikkilisiya abin da aka fi yarda da shi a tsakanin masana tauhida<br />

da ɗaliban Littafi Mai-Tsarki shine cewa mutum ba zai iya sanin ainihin<br />

lokacin da Kristi zai dawo a ƙarshen duniya ba An yarda da cewa bayanin<br />

da ke cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki cewa Kristi zai zo kamar ɓarawo da dare<br />

(ITassalunikawa 5:2, IIBitrus 3:10) ya amsa tambayar nan game da<br />

lokacin da Kristi zai dawo.<br />

Haka nan game da yanayin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> bisa marasa ceto, an<br />

fahimci cewa a ƙarshen zamani, Kristi zai shari’anta dukan marasa ceto<br />

na duniya a fili. Za a tashi waɗanda suka mutu su kuma san abinda ke<br />

faruwa domin a yi masu shari’a. Daga nan kuma waɗanda suke da rai a<br />

ƙarshen zamani, da kuma waɗanda aka tashe su daga mattatu, za’a<br />

same su da laifi a kuma hukuntasu zuwa hukunci a wani wuri da ake kira<br />

jahannama. Ayoyi kamar su II Korintiyawa 5:10, da Romawa 14:10-11 da<br />

sauransu, suna koyar da haka a fili.<br />

Amma <strong>Allah</strong> yayi alkawari a cikin Mai-Wa’azi 8:5-6 inda muka<br />

karanta cewa:<br />

Dukan wanda yake riƙe da dokan ba za ya kusanci wuta ba;<br />

zuciyar mai-hikima kuwa ta kan gane kwanaki da shari’a kuma<br />

gama ga kowane al’amari akwai lokaci da shari’a. Saboda haka<br />

zuciyar mutum da nauyi ta ke a gare shi.<br />

A cikin Daniel 12:9 kuma <strong>Allah</strong> ya ce:<br />

Yace, yi tafiyarka ya Daniel, gama an kuble zantuttukan, an<br />

hatimce su har kwanakin ƙarshe.<br />

Tun da lokaci da shari’a suna da alaƙa da ƙarshen zamani, za mu<br />

iya sa zuciya cewa da shike muna kusa da ƙarshen, a wannan lokaci za<br />

mu ƙara sanin abubuwa da yawa game da lokacin tarihi da kuma<br />

cikakken shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Babu shakka mun rigaya mun koya daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki baki ɗaya,<br />

ainihin rana, da wata da shekarar da za a yi fyaucewa, watau lokacin da<br />

za a fyauce dukan masu bada gaskiya zuwa cikin sama. Mun kuma koya<br />

game da ainihin lokacin za a hallaka duniya da ƙasa da dukan ayyukan ta<br />

baki ɗaya da wuta*<br />

Haka kuma, a wannan lokacin <strong>Allah</strong> ya bamu fahimi domin mu<br />

iya sanin ƙarin shirin hukumcin <strong>Allah</strong>. <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana filla filla lokacin<br />

da al’amuran ƙarshen duniya zasu faru, wannan kuma ya taimake mu<br />

domin mu fahimci tsarin sa na shari’a.<br />

8


Za mu gane cewa shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> ya fara ne kafin zunubi ya<br />

shigo duniya, kuma za a gama a lokacin aka ƙona duniya da dukan<br />

ayyukanta. (II Bitrus 3:10).<br />

Yayin da muke nazarin shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>, zamu yi nazarin<br />

waɗansu muhimman kalmomi kamar, “mutuwa’’ da ‘‘hallaka”, da kuma<br />

abubuwa kamar kunya, asarar gado, babban tsananin ciwo, daga ƙarshe<br />

kuma da shafewa daga doron ƙasa. Amma, kafin mu yi wannan, bari mu<br />

dubi waɗansu koyaswar ƙarya da waɗansu wahalhalun da ke cikin<br />

fahimta irin ta al’ada game da shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Kusan kowacce Ikklisiya a dukan zamanin Ikkilisiya ta gaskanta<br />

da cewa aikinsu na farko shine koyawa mutanen yadda zasu sami ceto.<br />

Saboda haka kowacce majami’a ta tsara shiri wanda ba ya bisa koyaswar<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki, da suka gaskanta cewa yana daidai da koyarwar Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki inda suke koyaswa da cewa waɗanda suke bin shirin su suna<br />

da tabbacin ceto.<br />

Babban abu mai muhimmanci na wannan shirinsu, shine<br />

tsatsauran tuni cewa abinda zai maye gurbin ceto shine hallaka ta har<br />

abada. Abinda suka fahimta game da hallaka ta har abada, shine marasa<br />

ceto za su sha azaba a ƙalƙashin fushin <strong>Allah</strong>, na har abada abadin a<br />

wani wurin da ake kira jahannama. Sun hakikanta cewa irin wannan<br />

hukumcin mai tsanani kan zunubi, zai taimaki mutane su gane da irin<br />

bukatar ceto da suke da ita.<br />

An gaya wa mutane cewa zasu iya samun wannan ceto kuma su<br />

sami tabbacin cewa ba za su taɓa shan azaba a jahannama ba, idan suka<br />

bi koyarwar majamia ko ta mai-wa’azi da aminci. Ya yiwu ya ƙunshi<br />

abubuwa kamar baftisma da ruwa, addu’ar mai-zunubi, shaidar<br />

bangaskiya, zama memban Ikkilisiya, bada zakka, cin jibi karɓan<br />

Almasihu, da dai sauransu. Da zarar sun sami tabbaci daga wurin fasto,<br />

ko firis ko dattijo, ko dikon, cewa suna da ceto, kuma sun sami babbar<br />

ta’aziyar cewa ba zasu taɓa shiga jahannama su zauna har abada ba.<br />

Ba a daɗe ba sai wata matsala ta taso. Misali idan yaro ya mutu<br />

ba tare da ya sami ceto ba. Da shike zunubi ɗaya zai iya sa mutun ya<br />

zama mai laifi kamar ya ƙetare dukan dokoki (Yakub 2:10), to bisa ga<br />

wannan koyaswar ƙaramin yaron da ya mutu ba tare da ya sami ceto ba,<br />

zai sha wahala a jahannama har abada. Wannan yana nufin cewa za a<br />

yiwa ƙaramin yaron hukumci sabili da zunuban da ya aikata na<br />

yarantaka.<br />

Shin gaskiya ne cewa <strong>Allah</strong> mai-jinƙai <strong>Allah</strong> mai-adalci zai sa<br />

ƙaramin yaro haka ya sha baƙar wahala ta har abada domin shi ko ita<br />

sun mutu ba tare da sun sami ceto ba? Babbar tambayar da masu ilimin<br />

tauhidi a cikin majami’u suke fuskanta ke nan, kuma an yi ƙoƙarin<br />

neman amsoshi da dama na waɗannan tambayoyi kuma ya zama<br />

muhimmiyar koyaswar kowacce Ikkilisiya.<br />

Misali Ɗarikar Roman Katolika suna da ra’ayin cewa idan an yi wa<br />

jariri baftisma zai wanke dukan laifofinsa da suka sami tushe daga<br />

9


zunubin Adamu. Wannan kuma zai sa yaron ya kasance ƙarƙashin<br />

kulawa da kariyar Ikkilisiya, inda, idan ya bi dokokin Ikklisiyar a hankali<br />

zai bada tabbacin cewa fushin <strong>Allah</strong> ba zai taɓa saukowa a bisa kan<br />

wannan mutumin ba.<br />

Ikkilisiyun da suka tashi a baya, suma sun biyo sahun irin<br />

wannan shirin ko da shike sun fi kusa da gaskiya fiye da ɗarikar katolika.<br />

Suma sun gaskanta suna kuma koyar da cewa jaririn da aka yi masa<br />

baftisma a majami’a ya kan shiga cikin wata yarjejeniyar dangantaka ta<br />

ruhaniya da <strong>Allah</strong>, ta yadda idan aka bi dokokin Ikklisiyar da aminci zai<br />

sami tabbacin ceto.<br />

Ikkilisiyan da suka bi koyaswa irin ta Arminiyawa na yanci, kamar<br />

majami’ar baftis sun ƙirƙiro wata hanya ta daban. Sun tsaida shawara<br />

cewa Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya koyar da cewa akwai lokacin da mutum zai<br />

bada lissafin aikin da ya yi. Watau sai yaro ya kai waɗansu shekaru, kafin<br />

a hukumta shi sabili da abinda ya aikata. Saboda haka idan yaro ya mutu<br />

kafin ya kai waɗannan shekarun, <strong>Allah</strong> ba zai hukumta shi ba.<br />

Dukan waɗannan koyaswar basu da makama a cikin Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki ko da shike har wa yau ana koyas da su da hakikanin gaskiya a<br />

cikin dukan Ikkilisiyai da ke faɗin duniya.<br />

Ina Jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong>?<br />

Wata matsala ta taso dangane da itifaƙin cewa hukuncin zunubi<br />

shine a sha azaba a wani wurin da ake kira jahannama har abada.<br />

Mutane da yawa waɗanda suka yiwa Littafi Mai-Tsarki ba’a sun yi wata<br />

tambaya mai ma’ana cewa “Kun ce <strong>Allah</strong> na Littafi Mai-Tsarki, mai-jinƙai<br />

ne da adalci saboda haka kun yi imani da cewa <strong>Allah</strong> mai- jinƙai da<br />

adalci zai azabtar da mutumin da ke rayuwa mai kyau cikin mutumci ta<br />

wurin jefa shi a wurin da ake kira jahannama wurin da shi ko ita zasu<br />

sha matsananciyar wahala ta har abada? Wanne irin <strong>Allah</strong> ne, <strong>Allah</strong>n ku<br />

na Littafi Mai-Tsarki? Kuma ta yaya wannan ra’ayin yayi daidai da<br />

maganar da aka yi a cikin Littafi Mai Tsarki cewa <strong>Allah</strong> baya jin daɗin<br />

mutuwar mugu?” (Ezekiel 18:23 da 32).<br />

Ikkilisiyai da dama sun yi nazari a kan irin waɗannan tambayoyi,<br />

domin haka suka ƙirƙiro da wata hanya da zata ƙarfafa mutane su<br />

amince shirin ceton su na yi-da-kanka. Maimakon jaddada abu marar<br />

kyau wato wahala ta har abada, sun canja yadda suke gabatar da batun<br />

ceto zuwa bada ƙarfi kan abinda yake da kyau, suna cewa “<strong>Allah</strong> yana<br />

ƙaunar ka kuma yana da kyakkyawan shiri domin rayuwar ka. Zaka iya<br />

zama cikin wannan shirin ta wurin karɓar Yesu”. Watau ‘‘ka haɗa kai da<br />

mu daga nan baka bukatar ka damu, kuma ba zaka ƙara damuwa da<br />

fargaban da yake zuwa cikin tunanin ka da zuciyarka loto loto ba domin<br />

ka sani cewa akwai <strong>Allah</strong> kuma wata rana dole zaka bada lissafi a<br />

gabansa”. Waɗannan majami’un basu rabu da ra’ayin hukumci har<br />

abada ba, amma a wurinsu wani abu ne da za a yi watsi da shi ba<br />

abinda za a tada hankali akai bane.<br />

10


Ya yiwu mu kuma ƙara lura cewa Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya koyar cewa:<br />

‘‘Haƙƙin zunubi mutuwa ne...’’ (Romawa 6:23a). Koyarwa da aka saba da<br />

ita ta al’ada tace “Hakkin zunubi.” yana nufin a rana ta ƙarshe dukan<br />

wanda baya cikin zaɓɓaɓu na <strong>Allah</strong>, (waɗanda basu da ceto) za’a rayar<br />

da su domin su tsaya a gaban Kristi alƙalinsu. A can za’a same su da<br />

laifi saboda haka za a yanke masu hukumcin shan azaba a wani wuri da<br />

ake kira jahannama.’’ Waɗanda suke da ra’ayi irin na al’ada ba zasu<br />

yarda da wannan ba amma suna riƙe da fahimtarsu na hukunci kuma<br />

yana nufin kuma da shike an yi cikinmu aka kuma haife mu cikin zunubi<br />

(Zabura 51:5), Dukan jinjiri da aka zubar da cikinsa da dukan jaririn da<br />

ya mutu wanda ba ya cikin zaɓaɓɓu, za a yanke masu wannan<br />

matsanancin hukuncin.<br />

Wannan mumunan ra’yin game da hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong> , wani<br />

mummunar ra’ayin musun dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ne, an tsara wannan ra’ayin ba<br />

tare da wani cikakken sani ba ko kuma cikin rashin sanin cewa, dukan<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ba ne. Saboda haka ana ganin maganar<br />

kamar “Haƙƙin zunubi mutuwa ce” da “cikin ranar da kaci mutuwa zaka<br />

yi lallai” kamar umurni ne daga bakin <strong>Allah</strong> maimakon ɗaukarta a<br />

matsayin dokar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Yana da matuƙar muhimmanci mu gane cewa Maganar <strong>Allah</strong><br />

gaba ɗayanta tana da dangantaka da Kristi kansa. <strong>Allah</strong> ya ce Kalman<br />

ya zama jiki, ya zamna a wurinmu (Yohanna 1:14a ). Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> tana<br />

da cikakken iko kamar Kristi kansa. Ibraniyawa 4:12-13 ta ce:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ma maganar <strong>Allah</strong> mai rai ce, mai aikatawa, ta fi kowanne<br />

takobi mai kaifi biyu ci, tana kwa hudawa har zuwa rarraban rai<br />

da ruhu da gaɓaɓuwa da ɓargo kuma, tana kwa da hanzari ga<br />

ganewar tunanin zuciya da nufe-nufenta. Babu wani abu mai rai<br />

kuma da ba’a bayyana a gabansa ba. Amma abubuwa duka a<br />

tsiraice suke, buɗaɗɗu kuma, gaban idanun wannan wanda muke<br />

gareshi.<br />

Lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya gaya wa Adamu cewa ran da ya ci daga itacen<br />

mutuwa zai yi, <strong>Allah</strong> yana furta dokarsa ne ga Adamu. Wannan doka<br />

tana da ikon Kristi kansa bisa kan Adamu, saboda haka lokacin da<br />

Adamu yayi ƙetare dokar nan take aka hukunta Adamu bisa ga wannan<br />

dokar zuwa hukuncin mutuwa.<br />

Lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya hallaka Sodoma da Gomorah da duniyar<br />

zamanin, Nuhu, waɗannan mutanen ba su bukaci tsayawa a gaban Kristi<br />

a matsayin alkali ba kafin a zartar da hukuncin mutuwa ba. Sun ƙetare<br />

dokar <strong>Allah</strong> kuma duk lokacin da suka aikata zunubi dokar <strong>Allah</strong> zata<br />

kashe su zuwa mutuwa.<br />

A hakikanin gaskiya duk lokacin da wani wanda baya da ceto ya<br />

mutu, ko da ta wacce hanya ya mutu, lokacin ne a ke hukunta shi a<br />

matsayin biyan bashin zunuban sa. Domin koyaswar da aka saba da ita<br />

11


dangane da shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> bai yi la’akari da cewa dukan Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ba ne, kuma kowacce kalma tana da iko kamar Kristi<br />

kansa, shirin shari’a ne wanda mutum ya saƙa a zuciyarsa. Da shike<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ne ya ɓoye gaskiya mai yawa game da lokacin da kuma hukunci<br />

domin kada a bayyana su ga ’yan adam sai kusan ƙarshen zamani, An<br />

rubuta Littafi Mai-Tsarki a cikin harshe mai sarƙaƙiya. Nufin <strong>Allah</strong> cewa<br />

kada kowa ya fahimci dukan abin da Littafi Mai-Tsarki yake koyarwa<br />

game da lokaci da sharia sai a lokacin mu. Shirin <strong>Allah</strong> ne ba za a<br />

fahimci wannan gaskiya mai muhimmanci ba sai lokacin da duniya ta zo<br />

kusa da ƙarshe. Ta haka <strong>Allah</strong> ya bari aka ci gaba da yiwa tsarin shari’ar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> karkatacciyar fahimta ta alada da ake koyarwa a majami’u, yayinda<br />

kuma ya bari Ikklisiyai suna koyar da shirin ceto irin na yi-da-kanka.<br />

Saboda haka, har yau akwai ɗaliban Littafi Mai-Tsarki da basu da<br />

wani mugun nufi, da suke ƙoƙarin bada hujjar fahimtar shirin <strong>Allah</strong> na<br />

shari’a bisa ga al’ada ta wurin nazarin kalma a kan kalma, da ake samu a<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Sai dai suna tace waɗannan kalmomi bisa ga tunanin<br />

da suka saba da shi da gurguwar fahimtar shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> da suka<br />

hakikanta cewa daidai ne. Wani aiki ne mawuyacin gaske domin shirin<br />

shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> irin na al’ada bai yarda da cikakken ikon kowace kalma a<br />

cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki a matsayin dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ba.<br />

A takaice, zamu iya cewa, a duk zamanin Ikklisiya akwai waɗansu<br />

matsalolin da ba’a warware ba dangane da gaskiyar fahimtar hukunci<br />

kan zunubi. Za a iya gane wannan idan muka tuna cewa an rufe bayanai<br />

masu yawa game da cikaken bayani da kuma abinda ya shafi ƙarshen<br />

zamani a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki domin kada a fahimta. <strong>Allah</strong> ya sa<br />

harshen Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya kasance da wuyar ganewa domin waɗannan<br />

gaskiyar zata kasance a ɓoye sai kusan ƙarshen zamani.<br />

Amma, yayin da muka doshi ƙarshen zamani, nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne cewa<br />

za a san bayanai masu yawa. Abin baƙin ciki shine Ikklisiyai suna<br />

tsayayya yanzu da gaskiyar da ake bayyanawa, waɗanda suke dogara<br />

gaba ɗaya kan shaidarsu , koyarwarsu da tauhidin da suka yi ittifaki a<br />

kai. Haka wannan yake musamman domin zamu iya ganewa cewa<br />

tunanin shan wuya har abada a jahannama a sakamakon zunubinsu ba<br />

gaskiya ba ne. Saboda haka an kawar da wata babbar hanyar da ake<br />

amfani da ita wajen ƙarfafa mutane su sami ceto.<br />

Bugu da ƙari, majami’u sun gamsu da fahimtarsu yanzu ta Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki. Basu gane ba ko kuma basu fatar gane shirin <strong>Allah</strong> cewa, a<br />

cikin kwanakin nan na ƙarshe, za a sami ƙarin sanin gaskiya daga cikin<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Misali mun koya daga farkon wannan bincike cewa,<br />

duk tsawon zamanin Ikklisiya, majami’u sun yi ittifaki, bisa bincikensu<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki da suka yi a hankali, cewa Kristi zai zo kamar ɓarawo<br />

da dare. Amma yanzu da shike muna dab da ƙarshen zamani, <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

ba ma masu bi na gaskiya cikakken bayani wanda ya fito daga Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki kaɗai domin mu sani da cikakken tabbaci rana da wata da<br />

shekarar da duniya zata ƙare.<br />

12


Haka kuma, yanzu muna koya daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki bayanai<br />

masu ɗinbin yawa game da shari’a. Ka tuna abinda muka koya daga Mai-<br />

Wa’azi 8:5-6 inda <strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

Dukan wanda ya ke riƙe da dokar ba za ya kusanci wuta ba,<br />

zuciyar mai-hikima kwa ta kan gane kwanaki da shari’a kuma:<br />

gama ga kowane al’amari akwai nasa lokaci da shari’a, domin<br />

ɓacin zuciyar mutum da nauyi ya ke a gareshi.<br />

Kada mu yi mamaki da cewa Ikkilisiyai suna gaba da ittifaki game<br />

da lokaci, wanda muka koya daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki, kuma zasu ci gaba<br />

da ƙin yarda da yanayin shari’a, wanda kuma ya kasance sakamakon<br />

binciken Littafi Mai-Tsarki a hankali. Amma ya kamata muyi farin ciki<br />

domin da yake muna kusa da ƙarshen zamani <strong>Allah</strong> yana ƙara nuna wa<br />

masu bi na gaskiya gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki da take ɓoye a cikin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki tun shakaru 1,900 da suka wuce.<br />

Ƙaunar Mutum <strong>Ga</strong> Mutum<br />

Kafin mu bar binciken mu na yanzu, na fahimtar shirin shari’ar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> bisa ga al’ada, bari mu dubi wani abu wanda ya maida hankali a<br />

kan wannan batu. Yana da dangantaka da umurnin <strong>Allah</strong> cewa mu<br />

ƙaunace maƙwabtanmu.<br />

Yesu ya yi tambaya a cikin Matta 22:36 cewa:<br />

Malam, wacce ce babbar doka a cikin Attaaurat?<br />

Mun karanta amsar Yesu cikin Aya 37 zuwa 40:<br />

Yace masa, ka yi ƙaunar Ubangiji <strong>Allah</strong>nka da dukan zuciyarka da<br />

dukan ranka da dukan azancinka wannan ce babbar doka, itace<br />

kwa ta fari. Wata kuma ta biyu mai kamaninta ke nan, kayi<br />

ƙaunar maƙwabcinka kamar ranka. <strong>Ga</strong> waɗannan doka biyu<br />

dukan Attaurat da Annabawa suke ratayawa.<br />

Bisa ga Yohanna 14:21 mun sani cewa mu ƙaunace <strong>Allah</strong> shine<br />

mu kiyaye dokokinsa, kamar yadda muka karanta:<br />

Wanda yake da dokoki na yana kwa kiyaye su shine yake ƙaunata:<br />

wanda yana ƙaunata kuma za ya zama ƙaunatacen ubana, ni ma<br />

zan ƙaunace shi in bayyana kaina gare shi kuma.<br />

Mun kuma sani cewa dokokinsa sune dukan Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

Mutumin da yake da ceto, mai-bi na gaskiya yana da marmarin yin<br />

biyyaya da dukan Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

13


Sai dai a wannan tsarin da <strong>Allah</strong> yace ka ƙaunaci <strong>Allah</strong> da dukan<br />

zuciyarka da dukan ranka da dukan azancinka, ya bada umurni cewa ka<br />

ƙaunaci maƙwabcinka kamar kanka. Ta haka <strong>Allah</strong> yake fito da wani<br />

ɓangare guda na ƙaunar mu zuwa gareshi ta wurin jadada bukatar mu<br />

ƙaunaci maƙwabcin mu. Ba kawai yana neman ya jawo hankalinmu kan<br />

ƙaunar makwabcinmu ba, amma yana kafa mana ma’aunin da za mu<br />

auna ƙaunar mu ga maƙwabcinmu. Wato ya kamata ƙaunar mu zuwa ga<br />

maƙwabcinmu ta zama daidai da yadda muke ƙaunar kanmu.<br />

Mu koya daga misalin Basamariye mai kirki (Luka 10:29-37) da<br />

cewa maƙwabchinmu shine duk wanda yake da bukatar taimako.<br />

Wannan ya tabbatar mana da cewa duk wanda ba shi da ceto yana<br />

bukatar taimako na ruhaniya saboda haka maƙwabcinmu ne. Saboda a<br />

hakikanin gaskiya maƙwabcinmu shine kowa a duniya. Shi ya sa mu ka<br />

aika da bishara mai daraja cikin duniya. Duk wanda ba shi da ceto yana<br />

bukatar taimakonmu, Kuma babu shakka <strong>Allah</strong> yayi amfani da Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki ya ceci waɗanda aka zaɓa domin a cece su.<br />

Da shike ya kamata mu ƙaunaci maƙwabtanmu kamar kanmu. Ya<br />

kamata mu bukaci abu mafi kyau dominsu cikin gaskiya. Abu mafi kyau<br />

shine ceto. Amma, mene ne zai faru idan mutum ya mutu ba tare da ya<br />

sami ceto ba? Har yanzu zamu ƙaunace shi? Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya bada<br />

amsar wannan tambayar a cikin Matta 5:44 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Amma ina ce maku, kuyi ƙaunar magabtanku, kuma waɗanda su<br />

kan tsananta maku, ku yi masu addu’a.<br />

Zai zama da wuya a dama daga magabatan da zasu sami ceto.<br />

Amma duk da haka zamu ƙaunace su. Dauda da kuma Yesu sun sun bar<br />

mana gurbin nuna ƙauna ga waɗanda basu da ceto har ma bayan sun<br />

mutu. A ƙalla cikin kusan shekaru 15 na rayuwar sarki Saul, ya yi ƙoƙari<br />

ya kashe Dauda ko ta wacce hanya. Duk da haka, bayan da sarki Saul ya<br />

mutu, Dauda ya nuna baƙin cikinsa da ƙauna a ayoyi kamar IISamaila<br />

1:9 da 24 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Ya Isra’ila an kashe darajarka a bisa maɗaukakan wuraren ka;<br />

masu iko ƙaƙa za a kwatata faɗuwarsu...Ku ’yan matan Isra’ila,<br />

ku yi kuka bisa Saul, shi wanda ya yafa maku mulufi mai<br />

ƙayatarwa. Ya yi maku adon lu’u-lu’u da zinariya.<br />

Kuma a cikin IISamaila 2:5 muka karanta cewa:<br />

Dauda kuma ya aike manzanni zuwa wurin mazammnan Jabesh –<br />

Gilead, ya ce masu, ma su albarka ne ku na Ubangiji da shike kun<br />

nuna wannan alheri ga Ubangijinku wato Saul, kin bizne shi.<br />

14


Dauda ya nuna ƙauna da girmamawa ga mattacen magabcinsa,<br />

sarki Saul, amma ya nuna ƙauna mafi girma ga mugun ɗansa Absalom.<br />

Lokacin da Absalom yana da shekara 25, ya fara shirin kashe mahaifinsa<br />

Dauda. Sha’warsa ita ce ya ƙwace kujerar sarautar Isra’ila daga ubansa. A<br />

gaskiya ma, tawayensa ya kawo rashin zaman lafiya a fili har ya tilasta<br />

Dauda ya gudu daga Urushalima domin kada Absalom ya kashe shi.<br />

Amma an bayyana zurfin ƙaunar Dauda zuwa ga mugun ɗansa<br />

mai cin amana wanda daga ƙarshe shugaban mayaƙan Dauda ya kashe<br />

shi a cikin IISamaila 18:33 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Sai sarki yayi juyayi da yawa ya hau wajen benen da ke kan ƙofa, ya<br />

yi ta kuka; yana tafiya yana cewa ya ɗana Absalom, ya ɗana, ɗana<br />

Abasalom, da ma <strong>Allah</strong> ya yarda na mutu dominka, ya Absalom, ya<br />

ɗana ɗana.<br />

Ƙaunar Dauda domin Absalom ta nuna irin ƙaunar da zamu yi wa<br />

makwabcinmu. Bai kamata mu yi farin ciki ba a kan mutuwar<br />

magabcinmu, amma muyi baƙin ciki cewa sun fuskanci fushin <strong>Allah</strong> da<br />

yake saukowa kan dukan waɗanda basu da ceto.<br />

Har’ ila yau, mun ga irin ƙaunar da Kristi ya nuna ga waɗanda<br />

zasu fuskanci fushin <strong>Allah</strong>. Mun karanta a Luka 19:41-44 cewa:<br />

Sa’anda yayi kusa, ya hangi birni, yayi kuka a kanta, yace. Da ma<br />

kin sani a cikin wannan rana, har ke ma, abin da ya tabbata ga<br />

salama. Amma yanzu a ɓoye yake a idanunki. <strong>Ga</strong>ma kwanakin<br />

zasu abko maki inda maƙiyanki zasu gina maki ganuwa, su sa ki<br />

a tsaka, su tsare ki daga kowane sassa. Su fyaɗe ki a ƙasa da<br />

’ya’yanki a cikinki, ba za su bar ko dutse ɗaya bisa wani a cikinki<br />

ba, da shike ba ki lura da kwanakin ziyartonki ba.<br />

A waɗannnan ayoyi mun karanta cewa Yesu yayi kuka domin<br />

Urushalima, wadda a nan take wakiltar dukan waɗanda basu da ceto a<br />

cikin ƙasar Isra’ila, da kuma dukan waɗanda suka rage a majami’u<br />

waɗanda zasu fuskanci cikakken fushin <strong>Allah</strong> domin zunubansu. An<br />

albarce su ta musamman domin sun koya daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Sun<br />

koya da yawa game da ƙaunar <strong>Allah</strong> da jinƙansa. Amma sun juya<br />

gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki zuwa koyaswar da ta gamshe su. Sun ci gaba<br />

da tafiya cikin girman kansu. Za mu iya ganinsu a cikin ruhaniya kamar<br />

marasa son zaman lafiya waɗanda suka cancanci fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Amma Yesu yayi kuka dominsu. Ka yi tunani kan cewa <strong>Allah</strong> da<br />

kansa yana kuka domin dole ya hukunta waɗanda suka tayas masa. Ba<br />

abin mamaki ba ne da muka karanta a cikin Ezekiel 33:11 cewa:<br />

Sai ka ce masu, in ji Ubangiji Yahweh na rantse da raina, ba ni da<br />

wani jin daɗin cikin mutuwar mugu...’’<br />

15


Muna koyan cewa tilas ne <strong>Allah</strong> ya sauko da hukunci kan<br />

ƙaunatattunmu da abokanmu da basu da ceto, wannan kuma yana cika<br />

mu da baƙin ciki da ɓacin rai. Amma wannan ɓacin ran zai ragu ainun<br />

domin mun san abokinmu ba zai sake wahala ba muddin ya mutu. Sai<br />

dai idan fahimtar nan ta al’ada daidai ne, cewa marasa ceto zasu sha<br />

azaba ta har abada a wurin da ake kira jahannama, babu shakka zamu yi<br />

baƙin ciki ainun yayin da abokan mu marasa ceto suka mutu. Idan<br />

abokinmu ya yi mummunar rayuwa a nan duniya, yana jin daɗi da<br />

walwawa irin ta duniya, amma ya watsar da Littafi Mai-Tsarki, zamu ci<br />

gaba da baƙin ciki bayan mutuwarsa idan muka yi tunani wahalar nan<br />

marar matuƙa.<br />

Amma yanzu, Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya yi mana gyara a fahimtar mu<br />

ta shari’a. Ko da shike abokinmu ya mutu yana watsar Littafi Mai Tsarki,<br />

ko da shike babu daɗi cewa an hana shi wannan kyakkyawan gado na<br />

madauwammi, da kuma farin ciki da ɗaukaka na zama magada tare da<br />

Kristi a sabuwar sama da sabuwar duniya, kuma ko da shike yana da<br />

muni sanin cewa mutuwarsa hukumci ne abin kunya ƙarkashin la’anar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>, akwai labari mai daɗi. A ƙalla, zamu iya samun tabbacin cewa<br />

mutuwar abokinmu, tana nufin ba zai ƙara zama ƙalƙashin tsanani da<br />

wahala ba. Rayuwarsa ta ƙare<br />

Abin baƙin ciki ne ganin cewa, mutane da yawa waɗanda suka<br />

gaskanta cewa suna da ceto suna fushi mai tsanani da koyaswar da ke<br />

cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki kamar yadda aka bayyana a cikin wannan littafin.<br />

Fushinsu yana bamu mamaki. Mun sani akwai mutane masu ɗunbin yawa<br />

da suka hakikanta cewa suna da ceto amma a hakikannin gaskiya basu<br />

da ceto. Sai dai kuma da yake sun gaskanta cewa suna da ceto, suna<br />

ƙoƙari su yi rayuwa irin ta wanda yake da ceto. Amma domin basu da<br />

ceto, yana nufin cewa suna ƙaunar duniyar nan da dukan abinda ke<br />

cikinta da jikunansu da kuma zukatansu da dukan jin daɗin da duniya za<br />

ta basu. Saboda haka, ƙoƙarin rayuwa irin ta masu ceto wani aiki ne<br />

tuƙuru. A cikin zukatansu suna ƙaunar duniya, kuma domin sun gaskata<br />

cewa suna da ceto, kuma sun san cewa bai kamata su ƙaunaci duniya ba,<br />

rayuwa ta zamar masu da wahala da baƙin ciki. Tilas ne su yi rayuwa<br />

kamar ba su son duniya, amma suna matuƙar son wannan duniya.<br />

Matsala ta kan taso idan wani aboki ya mutu, abokin da bai damu<br />

da Littafi Mai-Tsarki ba, wanda kuma ya ke cin duniyarsa da tsinke. Bisa<br />

ga koyarwa irin ta al’ada dangane da shari’a, ya kamata ya sha azaba ta<br />

har abada a wuri da ake kira jahannama. Ko Wannan da muke bayani<br />

akansa wanda ya gaskanta yana da ceto, amma a hakikannin gaskiya ba<br />

shi da ceto, yayi wannan mummunar tunani cewa idan shi da kansa ya<br />

mutu, bashi da ceto bisa ga fahimta irin ta al’ada, dole a yi mashi<br />

hukunci na har abada a wani wuri da ake kira jahannama? Abin zai yi<br />

muni sosai.<br />

Duk da haka, yanzu mun koya cewa wannan irin tunani irin na<br />

al’ada na shirin hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong> kan masu zunubi bashi da makama. Yayi<br />

16


musun jinƙai da tausayi da adalcin <strong>Allah</strong> baki ɗaya. An tsara shi ne baki<br />

ɗaya bisa ga hikimar mutum. Ba bu gaskiya a ciki. Wannan fahimtar ta<br />

al’ada ta nuna a fili mugunta da rashin jinƙai wanda hali ne na mutumin<br />

da bashi da ceto. Zai yi daidai mu yi gargaɗi da cewa bai kamata mu<br />

taɓa ƙoƙarin fassara jinƙai, da adalcin <strong>Allah</strong> bisa ga tunaninmu da<br />

ra’ayinmu game da jinƙai da adalci ba. <strong>Allah</strong> ya bada wannan kyakyawan<br />

alkawari a cikin Mai-Wa’azi 8:5-6.<br />

Dukan wanda yake riƙe da dokar ba za ya kusanci wuta ba;<br />

zuciyar mai hikima kwa ta kan gane kwanaki da shari’a kuma<br />

gama ga kowane al’amari akwai nasa lokaci da shari’a domin<br />

ɓacin zuciyar mutum da nauyi ya ke a gareshi.<br />

Malaman tauhida da ɗaliban Littafi Mai-Tsarki sun shafe dubban<br />

shekaru suna karanta waɗannan kalaman ba tare da sun fahimta ba.<br />

Haka ta faru ne domin lokaci da shari’a suna da alaƙa da ƙarshen<br />

zamani. Kuma nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne ya rufe irin wannan bayani, sai ƙarshen<br />

zamani (Daniel 12:4). <strong>Allah</strong> ya tabbatar mana da wannan, yayin da muke<br />

shaidar yardar <strong>Allah</strong>, a wannan lokaci na tarihi, da muke kusa da ƙarshen<br />

duniya ya bayyana da shaidu da yawa daidai rana da shekarar da duniyar<br />

nan zata ƙare. Saboda haka yau, kowanne mutum mai -hikima wato<br />

kowane mai-bi na gaskiya zai sani daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki shirin<br />

jadawalin <strong>Allah</strong> na tarihi daga farko har zuwa rana ta ƙarshe (dubi Mun<br />

Kusa Kai <strong>Ga</strong> Ƙarshe).<br />

Amma wannan alkawali na Mai-Wa’azi 8:5-6 kuma yayi maganar<br />

“Hukunci” wannan kalmar “Hukunci” wani lokaci ana amfani ita daidai da<br />

kalmar “Sharia” da “dokoki da farillai. <strong>Ga</strong> misali mun karanta a cikin<br />

Zabura 119:106 cewa, ‘‘...in yi biyayya da koyarwarka mai adalci.’’<br />

Duk da haka, ana amfani da kalmar nan ‘‘shari’a’’ ko ‘‘shari’u’’<br />

wajen nuna illar keta shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>. Wannan shine hanyar da aka yi<br />

amfani da ita a ayoyin Mai-Wa’azi da muke bincike yanzu, mun karanta<br />

cewa, “Domin ga kowane abu, akwai lokaci da shari’a”. Wato ga kowane<br />

abu akwai lokacin da za a kammala shi da kuma sakamakon cimma<br />

wannan manufar. Sakamakon shine shari’a ko hukumci, idan abinda<br />

muka aikata ya saɓawa dokar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Mun koyi cewa babbar koyaswa game da bayanin lokaci na Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki ya maida hankali kan ƙarshen lokaci, yayin da za a kammala<br />

dukan ayyukan shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>. Saboda haka zamu iya gane dalilan da ya<br />

sa aka haɗa lokacin da sharia a waɗannan ayoyin. Za a kammala dukan<br />

hukumcin <strong>Allah</strong> a ƙarshen duniya.<br />

Ba abin mamaki bane cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ya ƙara bayyana mana matsayin<br />

al’ada da yawancin majami’u suka ɗauka da suka koyar a dukan<br />

zamanin Ikklisiya (wato Kristi zai zo kamar ɓarawo da dare II Bitrus<br />

3:10). Daga cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki ne kaɗai zamu iya sanin ainihin rana<br />

da wata da kuma shekarar da al’amuran ƙarshen zamani zasu faru. Duk<br />

17


da haka, nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne cewa a dukan zamanin Ikklisiya, majami’un<br />

zasu koyar da cewa Almasihu zai zo kamar ɓarawo da dare. Mun san<br />

wannan gaskiya ne domin mun karanta a cikin Ayukan Manzani 1:6<br />

cewa:<br />

Saboda haka da suka taru, suka tambaye shi suka ce, Ya<br />

Ubangiji a wannan lokaci ne ka ke mayar ma Isra’ila da mulki?<br />

Manzanin waɗanda suka jagoranci Ikklisiya ta farko, suna so su<br />

san lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> zai kammala dawo da mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>. A cikin<br />

tunaninsu, suna sa rai zai kafa mulki irin na duniya. Kristi ya amsa masu<br />

kamar yadda muka karanta a Ayyukan Manzani 1:7<br />

Ya ce masu, ba naku bane da za ku san zamani da wokatai<br />

waɗanda Uba ya sanya a cikin nasa hukumci<br />

Sannan Yesu ya ƙara koyaswa game da halayen mulki Ayyukan<br />

Manzani 1:8 na cewa:<br />

Amma za ku karɓi iko lokacin da Ruhu Mai-Tsarki ya zo bisanku;<br />

za ku zama shaiduna kuma cikin Urushalima, da cikin dukan<br />

Yahudiya da Samariya har kuma iyakar duniya.<br />

Waɗannan ayoyi uku, sun umurce mu da cewa a zamanin Ikklisiya<br />

akwai babbar tambaya game da ƙarshen lokaci. Duk da haka majami’u a<br />

zamanin Ikklisiya ba zasu yi sha’awar wannan batun ba, amma zasu<br />

maida hankali ne a kan aikin da aka basu, wato su aika bishara cikin<br />

dukan duniya. Saboda haka a cikin dukan shekarun nan 1,955, na<br />

zamanin Ikklisiya, bisa ga fahimtarsu, babu wanda ya san lokacin da<br />

zamani zai ƙare, amma Almasihu zai zo kamar ɓarawo da dare.<br />

Duk da haka, kusan ƙarshen duniya, za a ƙara marmarin sanin<br />

ainihin lokacin da duniya zata shuɗe. Saboda haka a kwanakin mu, <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya buɗe idanun mu ga sanin cikakken lokacin da abubuwa na tarihi zasu<br />

faru, yadda zamu iya sanin ainihin rana, da wata, da shekara da ƙarshen<br />

zamani zai zo. Wannan ya ba masu bi na gaskiya damar gudanar da<br />

hakin da ya rataya a bisansu na faɗakar da duniya. Kowanne mai-bi mai<br />

tsaro ne. Mun karanta a cikin Ezekiel 33:2-7 cewa:<br />

Ɗan mutum, ka yi Magana da ’ya’yan mutanenka, ka ce masu,<br />

kaɗan an jawo ma wata ƙasa takobi, mutanen ƙasa kwa sun zaɓi<br />

mutum guda daga cikin su, sun maishe shi mai-tsaro domin su,<br />

shi ma, idan ya ga takobi ya faɗakar da mutane, dukan wanda ya<br />

ji ƙarar ƙafo ya ƙyale, idan takobi ya zo, ya fizga shi, alhakin<br />

jininsa yana bisa kansa. Ya ji busa, ya ƙyale; alhakin jinin sa yana<br />

bisa kansa ne, gama da ya kula da faɗaka, da ya tsira da ransa.<br />

Amma idan mai-tsaro ya ga takobi yana zuwa, ba ya yi busa ba,<br />

18


jama’a kwa ba su sami faɗaka ba, takobi ya zo ya fizge wani<br />

daga cikinsu; wannan mutum domin laifinsa an ɗauke shi amma<br />

zan nemi jininsa ga hannun mai tsaro. Hakanan kai fa ɗan<br />

mutum na sanya ka mai-tsaro ga gidan Isra’ila, domin wannan ka<br />

ji Magana ga bakina ka yi masu faɗaka daga gareni.<br />

A Tassalonikawa I 5:2-6 mun karanta game da juyawa daga koyaswar<br />

cewa Kristi zai dawo kamar ɓarawo da dare zuwa koyaswar cewa mu<br />

masu tsaro ne saboda haka shirin <strong>Allah</strong> yana kira zuwa ga sanin lokaci<br />

da sharia.<br />

Da yake lokaci da shari’a suna da dangantaka, wannan yana nufin<br />

ke nan sabuwar koyarwa daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki zata maye gurbin<br />

koyaswa irin ta ala’ada a kan shari’a?<br />

Wannan shine ainihin gaskiyar da muka tarar. <strong>Ga</strong>skiyar ita ce<br />

lokaci gaba ɗaya yana cikin tsarin shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>. Saboda haka,<br />

samun sanin tsarin lokacin da al’amura na tarihin duniya ya tilasta sake<br />

nazarin fahimta irin ta al’ada game da shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Watau, bashi yiwuwa a fahimci koyarwar Littafi Mai-Tsarki game<br />

da shari’ar sai dole mun fara koyo daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki game da<br />

lokacin daidai. Tun da <strong>Allah</strong> ya nuna mana bayanai masu yawa sababbi,<br />

bai kamata mu yi mamaki game da sabuwar gaskiya mai yawa da zamu<br />

koya yanzu ba.<br />

Yayin da daga ƙarshe <strong>Allah</strong> ya nuna mana tsarin abubuwan da<br />

zasu faru na ƙarshen duniya, ba kawai mun gane daidai ƙarshen zamani<br />

Ikklisiya kaɗai ba (21 Mayu, 1988) da kuma daidai tsawon lokacin<br />

matsanancin ƙunci (kwanakin 8,400 ko kuma shekaru 23 cikakku) amma<br />

kuma da lokacin ranar shari’a (Mayu 21, 2011 zuwa Octoba 21, 2011).<br />

Da wannan ainihin bayanin lokacin, nan da nan zamu hanzarta ƙara koyo<br />

sosai, game da illahirin shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>. Wannan ba abin mamaki<br />

bane domin, kamar yadda muka bayyana, Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya danganta<br />

lokaci da shari’a.<br />

Kafin mu yi nazarin shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> da kyau, zai dace muyi<br />

ɗan tsokaci game da lokacin tsanani da ke da alaƙa da ranar shari’a. Ka<br />

tuna zamanin Ikklisiya ya ƙare ranar 21 ga watan Oktoba, 1988, wanda<br />

kuma ita ce rana ta fari na kwanaki 8,400 da lokacin azaba. Yayinda<br />

kuma matsanancin ƙunci zai zo ƙarshe a ranar 21 Mayu, 2011 wadda<br />

ita ce rana ta fari ta kwanaki 153 na ranar shari’a. Akwai ayoyi guda biyu<br />

a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki da suka alaƙanta ranar tsananin da ranar<br />

shari’a. Ta farko ita ce Luka 21:22 in da muka karanta cewa:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ma waɗannan kwanakin na ramawa ne, domin a cika dukan<br />

abinda aka rubuta.<br />

Ta biyun kuma ita ce IBitrus 4:17:<br />

19


<strong>Ga</strong>ma lokaci yayi da shari’a zata faru a kan gidan <strong>Allah</strong>: Idan kwa<br />

a wajenmu ta faru, ina matuƙar waɗanda basu bi bisharar <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ba?<br />

“Gidan <strong>Allah</strong>” yana nufin dukan ’yan Ikklisiya da Ruhu Mai-Tsarki<br />

ya bari, kuma ya barsu ƙarƙashin mulkin shaiɗan. Ana hukunta su ne<br />

domin sun kauce ainun daga bishara ta gaskiya. Saboda haka suna<br />

ƙarƙashin shari’a. Amma wannan ya banbanta nesa, da ranar shari’a,<br />

watannin nan biyar daga 21 Mayu, 2011 zuwa Octoba 21, 2011. Lokacin<br />

da kowane mutum a dukan faɗin duniya zai karɓi hukunci na ƙarshe<br />

domin zunuban shi. Wannan hukumcin a gaskiya ma ba zai zo kan masu<br />

bi na gaskiya ba, waɗanda za’a fyauce su sadu da Kristi a ranar 21 ga<br />

Mayu, 2011.<br />

Lokacin tsananin, lokaci ne na gwadawa, musamman a majami’u<br />

amma kuma a cikin dukan duniya, lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> zai ware alkama<br />

(masu bi na gaskiya) daga ƙaya (waɗanda suke tsammani suna da ceto,<br />

amma a hakikannin gaskiya basu da shi).<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 3:10 ta bayyana wannan lokacin a matsayin<br />

‘‘Sa’ar jaraba’’, Za a kuma iya fassara kalmar a matsayin ‘‘jaraba’’ ko<br />

“Jarabawa” mun koyi abubuwa da yawa game da gwaji, wanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

sa domin ya zama shaida a shakaru na ƙarshe. Sun ƙunshi koyaswa mai<br />

muhimmanci da tambayoyi kamar haka:<br />

1. Ko Ikklisiya zata iya nuna wa wani yadda zai sami ceto?<br />

2. Ko mun gane cewa a wannan lokaci <strong>Allah</strong> yana bayyana<br />

waɗansu sababbin bayanai da yawa daga Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki?<br />

3. Ko mun fahimci cewa kowace kalma ta harshen Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki ta ainihi ta fito ne daga bakin <strong>Allah</strong>?<br />

4. Littafi Mai-Tsarki baki ɗaya dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ne zuwa ga ’yan<br />

adam, kuma zai kawo hukunci idan ba a kiyayye shi ba.<br />

5. Zamanin Ikkilisiya ya ƙare a 1988, saboda haka babu<br />

wanda zai sami ceto muddin yana ƙarƙashin ikon<br />

Ikkilisiya A hakikanin gaskiya ma, <strong>Allah</strong> ya sa shaiɗan a<br />

Ikklisiyai yayi mulki a wurin. Saboda haka <strong>Allah</strong> ya umurci<br />

waɗanda suke son yiwa <strong>Allah</strong> biyayya su fito daga<br />

Ikklisiya.<br />

6. Dukan zamanin Ikkilisiya, nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne da cewa masu bi<br />

na gaskiya zasu yi tunanin cewa Kristi zai dawo kamar<br />

ɓarawo da dare. Amma yanzu ya kamata masu bi na<br />

gaskiya su san ainihin rana, da wata, da shekarar<br />

zuwansa. Wannan ya basu damar fadakar da duniya da<br />

aminci, game da ƙarshen zamani. Idan mutane suka ci<br />

gaba da cewa zai dawo kamar ɓarawo da dare, zai sa su ci<br />

20


gaba da bin tafarkin da zai kaisu ga hallakar da zata abko<br />

masu farat ɗaya. (Tassalunikawa I 5:1-4).<br />

7. Dukan zamanin Ikkilisiya, <strong>Allah</strong> ya ƙyale aka ci gaba da<br />

tunani irin na al’ada wanda a cikin kuskure dangane da<br />

shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>. Amma yanzu <strong>Allah</strong> yana ƙara bamu<br />

haske game da gaskiyar shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>. Filin gwajin<br />

ne kuma, shin muna ƙaunar makiyanmu da gaskiya?<br />

8. Ana gwada dukan duniya, da shike ana faɗakar da su<br />

game da ƙarshen duniya mai zuwa, zasu ci gaba da musu<br />

kamar yadda aka yi a duniya a zamanin Nuhu, ko kuma<br />

waɗansu za su ji wannan faɗakarwar kamar yadda<br />

mutanen Nineveh suka yi lokacin da Yunana ya gargaɗe<br />

su game da halaka mai zuwa?<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya faɗa a cikin Ruya ta Yohanna 3:10 cewa zai tsare masu<br />

bi na gaskiya daga lokacin gwaji. <strong>Ga</strong> masu bi na gaskiya waɗanda suke<br />

da sha’awar yin biyayya da dokokin <strong>Allah</strong>. Jarabawar da aka lissafta a<br />

sama ba gwaji ba ne domin masu bin suna da niyyar yin biyayya. Amma<br />

ga marasa bi dake cikin Ikklisiyai da kuma duniya, ya kamata kowanne<br />

ɗaya daga cikin waɗannan jarabobi da gwaji su faɗakar da su cewa idan<br />

sun ƙi yin biyayya suna cikin haɗarin gaske da matsala gaban <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Abin alajibi, kwanaki 6,100 na ƙarshe daga cikin kwanaki 8,400<br />

na tsanani lokaci ne da ake ceton ɗumbin mutane da babu wanda zai iya<br />

ƙirgawa.<br />

Duk da haka, ya kamata mu koma kan bincike domin fahimtar<br />

ainihin tsarin shari’a na <strong>Allah</strong>. Zamu yi bincike mai zurfi a kan matsayin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> na Alkalin dukan duniya a Sura ta gaba.<br />

21


Sura Ta Uku<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>, Alƙalin Dukan Duniya<br />

A cikin wannan binciken, muna ƙoƙarin sanin ainihin shirin<br />

hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong> domin wannan duniyar. Tilas ne shirin hukuncin ya haɗa<br />

da Alkali. Alƙalin <strong>Allah</strong> ne da kansa. Nan da nan a cikin zukatanmu zamu<br />

iya ganin hoton alƙali da wanda ake tuhuma a gaban sa. Alkali yakan<br />

saurara ya kuma yi nazari a kan shaida daga bakin shaidu da dama da<br />

kuma wanda ake tuhuma domin sanin ko wanda ake tuhuma ya aikata<br />

laifin ko babu, sannan ya yanke hukuncin da ya dace idan aka same shi<br />

da laifin da ake tuhumarsa da aikatawa.<br />

Haka ake ganin tsarin sharia yake a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki. A<br />

wannan tunannin, Alkalin shine Kristi. Waɗanda ake tuhumar kuma sune<br />

dukan waɗanda basu sami ceto ba. Lokacin shine ƙarshen duniya.<br />

Hukuncin zai kasance zaunawa cikin matsananciyar azaba a wani wuri da<br />

ake kira Jahannama.<br />

Yanzu muna koyo cewa wannan ra’ayi na al’ada bashi da<br />

makama. Yayinda aka amince da wannan ra’ayi dukan zamanin Ikklisiya,<br />

an kafa shi ne a kan abinda mutum ya fahimta da hukunci maimakon<br />

gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

Bisa adalci ga waɗanda ke riƙe da wannan ra’ayi, za mu iya gane<br />

cewa sun fahimci haka ne bisa ga yadda <strong>Allah</strong> ya rubuta Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki. Mun koyi cewa ba nufin <strong>Allah</strong> bane ya yi cikakken bayani game<br />

da shirinsa na ƙarshen duniya, sai duniyar ta kusan ƙarshe. Saboda haka<br />

da yake mun zo lokacin da duniya zata kawo ga ƙarshe, mun san ainihin<br />

ƙarshin lokacin. Haka kuma yanzu ne <strong>Allah</strong> yake yin cikakken bayyani<br />

game da shirin sa na sharia. Saboda haka a wannan lokaci da <strong>Allah</strong> yake<br />

buɗe idanunmu, mu san gaskiyar Littafi Mai -Tsarki da ba a taɓa<br />

bayyanawa ba a lokutan baya, Ya kamata mu koyi abin da Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki ya ke koyarwa game da aikin Alkali.<br />

A cikin littafin Alƙalawa dake Tsohon Alkawari, mun koya game<br />

da ayyukan alƙalai kamar su Joshua, Gideon, Jephthan, Samson da<br />

sauransu. Mun tarar cewa maƙasudin aikinsu shi ne hallaka maƙiyan<br />

Isra’ila. Watau hakinsu ne tanadar wa al’umma, salama da zaman lafiya.<br />

A cikin Sama’ila ta fari sura 8:20 mun karanta cewa Isra’ila ta roƙi<br />

sarki.<br />

Domin mu zama kamar dukan al’ummai; Sarkin mu shi hukunta<br />

mana shari’a, shi wuce a gaban mu, shi ɗauke mana yaƙoƙinmu.<br />

Daga kuma Alkalawa 2:16 <strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

Sai Ubangiji ya tayas masu da mahukunta, waɗanda suka ce ce su<br />

daga hannun masu washe su<br />

22


Za mu iya ganin wannan a furuci kamar haka:<br />

Zabura 7:8 Ya Ubangiji kai ne alƙalin dukan mutane. Ka<br />

shari’anta mani bisa adalci na...<br />

Zabura 7:11 <strong>Allah</strong> alƙali ne mai-adalci.<br />

Zabura 9:19: Ka zo ya Ubangiji kada ka bari mutane su gagare<br />

ka!<br />

Zabura 26:1: Ka hurta rashin laifina, ya Ubangiji, <strong>Ga</strong>ma na yi abin<br />

da suke daidai: Na dogara gare ka gaba ɗaya.<br />

Zabura 72:1- 4 Ka koya wa sarki a yi shari’a da adalcinka, ya<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>, ka kuma ba shi shari’arka, don ya yi mulkin jama’arka bisa<br />

kan shari’a, ya kuma bi da mulki da adalci... ya yiwa talakawa<br />

shari’ar gaskiya, ya taimaki waɗanda suke da bukata, ya kuma<br />

hukumta azzalumai.<br />

Zabura 103:6 Ubangiji yana gudanar da ayyuka masu adalci da<br />

hukunci ga dukan waɗanda a ke zalumtarsu.<br />

Romawa 14:10-11…gama dukan mu zamu tsaya a gaban<br />

kursiyin sharia na <strong>Allah</strong>. <strong>Ga</strong>ma an rubuta bisa ga raina in ji<br />

Ubangiji a gareni kowace gwiwa zata durƙusa. Kowane harshe<br />

kuma za ya yabi <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Korinthiyawa II 5:10: <strong>Ga</strong>ma dukan mu zamu bayyana a gaban<br />

dakalin shari’a ta Kristi.<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 20:12: Na ga mattatu kuma, ƙanana da manya,<br />

suna tsaye a gaban kursiyin; aka buɗe littatafai, aka buɗe wani<br />

littafi kuma, littafin rai, ke nan aka yi ma mattatu shari’a kuma<br />

bisa ga abin da aka rubuta cikin littatafai gwargwadon<br />

ayyukansu.<br />

Mun koya daga waɗannan ayoyin cewa alkalin yana da haƙƙin<br />

mulki ko shugabancin, ya kuma ƙunshi tabbatar da laifi ko kuma rashin<br />

laifi yayin shari’a. Muna koyon cewa <strong>Allah</strong>, a matsayin alkalin dukan<br />

duniya, ya bada dokar <strong>Allah</strong>, Littafi Mai-Tsarki ɗungum, domin yin<br />

wannan aiki na samun mutane da laifi da kuma yanke masu hukumcin<br />

shiga jahannama. (Nan gaba zamu koyi cewa Jahannama ita ce mutuwa.)<br />

Amma dai ya kamata a sani cewa yayinda <strong>Allah</strong> yake mulkin<br />

duniya kowanne mai rai a duk tsawon rayuwar sa yana tsayawa a gaban<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> a matsayin Alƙalin duniya. <strong>Allah</strong> ne yake kare matalauci, da<br />

23


maraya, bisa ga ruhaniya, ta wurin kalmarsa kuma yana sauko da<br />

hukumci duk lokacin da aka aikata zunubi. Yayin da <strong>Allah</strong> yake mulki a<br />

matsayin alƙali bisan dukan duniya, Yana ɗaukar matakai da dama<br />

domin cimma burinsa na sarauta. <strong>Ga</strong> waɗansu misalai kamar haka:<br />

1. <strong>Allah</strong> ya hukunta zaɓɓabu kafin kafuwar duniya. Ya ɗora<br />

hukumcin su a kan Kristi wanda yake ɗan ragon da aka<br />

yanka tun kafawar duniya (Ruya ta Yohanna 13:8).<br />

2. <strong>Allah</strong> ya rubuta dokar <strong>Allah</strong> (Littafi Mai-Tsarki), wanda ya<br />

danganta da <strong>Allah</strong> kansa (Kalmar ta zama jiki (Yohanna<br />

1:14) ta haka ya ba kalmar <strong>Allah</strong> iko daidai da <strong>Allah</strong><br />

domin kalmar <strong>Allah</strong> ta zartas da hukunci.<br />

3. Ya kafa dokar da ta bayyana cewa Yesu Kristi shine<br />

babban Firis wanda ya miƙa Dan Ragon, kuma shine Ɗan<br />

Ragon da aka yi hadaya da shi.<br />

4. Ya tabbatar da gaskiyar nan mai-ban mamaki cewa kunya<br />

da la’ana da Yesu Ɗan Rago na <strong>Allah</strong> ya jimre, yayin da<br />

ya biya bashin zunuban zaɓaɓɓu, za a ganta a fuskar<br />

dukan mutanen duniya. <strong>Allah</strong> ya rubuta duk waɗannan<br />

abubuwan a cikin littafi Mai-Tsarki domin dukan duniya<br />

su karanta.<br />

5. Ya umurta cewa sakamakon biyayyar masu bi na gaskiya<br />

musamman kamar yadda aka nuna tashin mattatu,<br />

hukumci ne kan marasa ceto, musamman waɗanda suke<br />

da Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

6. Yana sauke sarakuna, ya kuma tada sarakuna.<br />

7. Yana mulki a kan dukan al’amuran mutane.<br />

8. Shi yake kafa lokaci na tarihi, ya kuma tabbatar da<br />

cikaken tsarin shari’a.<br />

9. Babu wani abu da yake faruwa, a ko’ina cikin duniya a<br />

kowanne lokaci na tarihin duniya ba tare da sani ko<br />

izininsa ba.<br />

10. Za mu koyi cewa dukan ayyukan Kristi a matsayin alƙalin<br />

dukan duniya a ranar shari’a shine ya kai dukan masu bi<br />

na gaskiya zuwa cikin sama lafiya, ya kuma ƙarasa<br />

hukuncinsa a bisa marasa bada gaskiya na duniya.<br />

11. A matsayin alƙali da mai-mulkin duniya, ya ba shaiɗan<br />

waɗansu ayyuka na mulki ya kuma bashi ikon shiga sama<br />

lokacin shekaru 11,000 na tarihi. Kristi ya kuma kori<br />

shaiɗan daga sama ya ƙwace ayyukansa na mulki da<br />

dama, yayi nasara bisansa a kan giciye.<br />

12. <strong>Allah</strong> ya kuma kafa shaiɗan a cikin Ikklisiyai domin yayi<br />

mulki a kan kowacce Ikklisiya a cikin kwanakin nan 8,400<br />

na babban tsanani da kuma kwanaki 153 na ranar shari’a.<br />

24


Hakika, a matsayin <strong>Allah</strong> na alkali da mai-mulki, aikinsa ya wuce<br />

kasancewa alƙalin mutane da aikinsa yake neman mai-laifi ko mai-<br />

gaskiya.<br />

Tsarin Shari’a Na <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Yanzu da yake mun koya game da ayyukan da dama da aka sa<br />

ƙarƙashin <strong>Allah</strong> a matsayin Sarki, a matsayin mai iko bisansu da kuma<br />

alkalin dukan duniya, yanzu sai mu yi tunani a kan hukuncin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

yanke a kan zunubi. Mun koya daga cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki da cewa<br />

akwai manyan fannoni guda biyar na wannan hukumcin Mai-tsanani.<br />

Suna nan kamar haka:<br />

1. Mutuwar “Rai a cikin Kristi”. An halicci ɗan adam da rai a cikin<br />

Kristi wanda muke kira rai na ruhaniya. Da wannan rai na<br />

ruhaniya ne aka hallice Adamu da duk ’yan adam. Sai dai an<br />

ba ɗan adam sharaɗi. Idan suka yi zunubi, zasu rasa<br />

wannan rai su kuma zama mattatu cikin ruhaniya. Irin<br />

wannan ran ne muke da shi lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya bamu sabon<br />

rai rayayye, sai dai, a wannan lokacin ana kiransa rai na har<br />

abada domin an shafe duk zunuban mu da jinin Kristi.<br />

Amma lokacin da Adamu yayi rashin biyayya, ya zama<br />

matacce cikin ruhu. Yanzu bashi da sauran rai a cikin Kristi.<br />

Shi da sauran mutanen da suka fito daga zuriyarsa sun zama<br />

mattatu cikin ruhaniya, mattatu cikin kura-kurai da zunubi.<br />

2. Mutuwa ta jiki da ruhu, da muke kira mutuwa ta jiki.<br />

3. Babban kunya.<br />

4. Asarar gado na mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>, da zamu zauna tare da Kristi<br />

har abada.<br />

5. Hallaka da ta bada lamunci cewa wanda aka hukunta ba zai<br />

sake rayuwa ba ko ta jiki ko ta ruhaniya.<br />

A Ruyata Yohanna 20:11-13 karanta:<br />

Na ga kuma babban farin kursiyi, da wanda ke zaune a bisansa<br />

wanda duniya da sama suka guje ma fuskata: ba a kwa samu<br />

masu wuri ba. Na ga mattatu kuma ƙanana da manya, suna tsaye<br />

a gaban kursiyin, aka buɗe littatafai aka buɗe wani littafi kuma<br />

littafin rai ke nan, aka yi wa mattatu shari’a kuma bisa ga abinda<br />

aka rubuta cikin littatafai gwargwadon ayyukansu. Teku kuma ya<br />

bada matattun da ke cikinsa, mutuwa da hades kuma suka bada<br />

mattatun da ke cikinsu, aka yi masu shari’a kuma kowane mutum<br />

gwargadon ayyukansa.<br />

25


Wannan shine hoton (hoto mai kusurwa uku), waɗanda ba<br />

zaɓaɓɓu ba (waɗanda <strong>Allah</strong> bai yi niyar ceto ba), tsayawa a gaban <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Akwai farin kursiyi wanda ya nuna <strong>Allah</strong> ne kaɗai mai-mulki, alƙalin<br />

dukan duniya. <strong>Allah</strong> ne kaɗai wanda zai iya zaunawa (yana mulki) a kan<br />

kursiyi, wanda a matsayin mai- mulki mafi ɗaukaka zai kawo ƙarshen<br />

duniya, wanda daga sama da ƙasa zasu shuɗe daga fuskarsa.<br />

Mattatu suna tsaye a wurin, a gaban <strong>Allah</strong>. Kowane bil’adama,<br />

duk tsawon rayuwarsa, yana tsaye a gaban <strong>Allah</strong>. A wannan karon,<br />

dukan waɗanda suke matattu cikin ruhaniya tun daga lokacin da suke<br />

cikin Adamu (a cikin Adamu duka matattu ne, I Korintiyawa 15:22).<br />

Wannan yana nufin ko da shike suna raye na ɗan ƙaramin lokaci, basu da<br />

rai a cikin Kristi daga lokacin da aka haife su. Su mattatu ne cikin<br />

ruhaniya. A wannan hoton muna ganin littatafai a buɗe waɗanda suke<br />

ɗauke da bayanan zunubansu. Ana yankewa waɗannan mutanen<br />

hukumci duk lokacin da suka yi zunubi, domin <strong>Allah</strong> yana amfani da<br />

dokarsa da aka yi amfani da ita, wanda shine Littafi Mai-Tsarki wajen<br />

zartar da hukumci. Ana yi masu shari’a da dokar <strong>Allah</strong> duk lokacin da<br />

suke aikata zunuban da aka rubuta a cikin waɗannan littatafai.<br />

Akwai kuma littafin rai. Sunayensu ba su cikin littafin rai. Saboda<br />

haka ba nufin <strong>Allah</strong> bane ya cece su. Dukansu suna ƙarƙashin hukuncin<br />

mutuwa, daga ƙarshe kuma zai bayyana a fili cewa ba zasu sake rayuwa<br />

ba da yake za a jefa su cikin ƙorama ta wuta. A cikin Ruya ta Yohana 20:<br />

a aya ta 12 da 13 wannan kalmar “An hukuntasu” tana koya mana cewa<br />

ana ci gaba da hukumta su. Saboda haka wannan ayar ta 13 tana koya<br />

cewa a wannan hoton, waɗanda basu da ceton da suka riga suka mutu<br />

suna cikin kabari, suna ƙarƙashin hukumcin <strong>Allah</strong> da yake Maganar <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ta kashe su. A matsayin matakin ƙarshe na ci gaba da shari’a <strong>Allah</strong> a<br />

ranar shari’a, za’a fitar da su daga kaburbura domin kumyatarwa ta<br />

ƙarshe, za a kuma hallaka su har abada.<br />

A cikin Ruya ta Yohanna 20:13, mun karanta game da waɗanda<br />

suke cikin teku. Ya yiwu ana magana ne a kan waɗanda suka mutu cikin<br />

ruhaniya da suke da rai ake kuma misaltawa da iskar teku. (Ishaya<br />

57:20; Yahuda 13), ko kuma zai iya kasancewa waɗanda suka hallaka a<br />

cikin teku, kamar waɗanda suka hallaka a ruwan tsufana a zamanin<br />

Nuhu. Bugu da ƙari, waɗanda suka mutu suna jahannama ko kuma suka<br />

mutu suna kabari (wato waɗanda har yanzu suke raye amma mattatu ne<br />

a ruhaniya, tare da waɗanda suka rigaya suka mutu kuma an binne su),<br />

za’a kawo su zuwa kunya ta ƙarshe a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> ranar shari’a.<br />

Daga ƙarshe, za a jefa mutuwa da jahannama ko kuma mutuwa<br />

da kabari a cikin ƙorama ta wuta. Mun karanta a cikin IKorintiyawa<br />

15:16 cewa:<br />

Mutuwa ce maƙiyi na ƙarshe da za a kawas.<br />

26


Nan gaba za mu koyi cewa ana kiran mutuwa ta biyu ƙorama ta<br />

wuta, kuma tana jaddada cewa marasa ceto ba zasu sake farfaɗowa ba<br />

ko kuma su rayu. Sun daina rayuwa.<br />

Mene ne Jahannama?<br />

Kalmar da aka fi dangantakawa da shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> kan masu<br />

zunubi itace kalmar “Jahannama” mene ne zamu koya game da wannan<br />

kalmar a Littafi Mai-Tsarki? Za a iya samunta fiye da sau 30 a cikin<br />

Tsohon Alkawari kuma a ko da yaushe kalmar Ibraniyanci ce “Sheol” An<br />

kuma fassara kalmar nan ‘‘sheol’’ fiye da sau 30 a matsayin kalmar nan<br />

‘‘kabari’’, sau uku a matsayin kalmar nan ‘‘rami’’.<br />

A cikin Sabon Alkawari, ana fassara kalmar nan “hades” ta<br />

Helenanci a matsayin ‘‘Jahannama’’ wani lokaci kuma za a iya fassara ta<br />

da ‘‘kabari’’, Banda haka kuma, waɗansu lokatai kalmar ‘‘jahannama’’<br />

tana fitowa ne daga kalmar Helenanci ‘‘gehenna’’ wadda ta sami asali<br />

daga kalmar Helenanci ‘‘tartaroo’’<br />

Za a iya fassara kalmar Ibraniyanci “sheol” da kalmar Helenanci<br />

“hades” a matsayin ‘‘jahannama’’ ko ‘‘kabari’’ bisa ga abinda ake<br />

magana a kai. Waɗansu lokatai fassarar ta danganta kan abinda ake<br />

magana akai, wanda yake nuna dangantakar kalmomin nan “kabari” da<br />

‘‘jahannama’’. Dukan kalmomin biyu suna da dangantaka da mutuwa.<br />

Za mu fi ganewa da haka inda muka karanta cewa “Hakkin zunubi<br />

mutuwa ne” (Romawa 6:23) da kuma “wanda yayi zunubi shi za ya<br />

mutu”. (Ezekiel 18:20). Ya goyi bayan abinda ke cikin I Korinthiyawa<br />

15:26 “Maƙiyi na ƙarshe da za’a kawas mutuwa ne” ya kuma sa aka<br />

fahimci Ruyata Yohanna 21:1 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Na ga sabuwar sama da sabuwar duniya kuma: gama sama ta<br />

fari da duniya ta fari sun shuɗe; teku kuma ba shi<br />

Sau da dama ana amfani da wannan kalmar ‘‘teku’’, a cikin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki a matsayin hoto ko kuma a bayyana ‘‘jahannama’’. Misali,<br />

Aladun nan 2,000 da miyagun ruhohin suka shiga cikin su sun hallaka a<br />

cikin teku (Markus 5:13). Babu sauran mutuwa ko jahannama idan shirin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> na shari’a ya ƙare. Mutuwa da jahannama zasu shuɗe.<br />

Ya kamata mu gane cewa jahannama da kabari abu guda ne. Da<br />

yake kabari yana da alaƙa da mutuwa. Wannan ya kawo mu ga tambaya<br />

ta gaba: Mene ne ƙorama ta wuta?<br />

Ƙorama ta Wuta<br />

An ambaci ƙorama ta wuta a cikin ayoyi biyar na Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki. Ayoyin sune:<br />

27


Ruya ta Yohanna 19:20 Aka kama bisan tare da shi kuma mai -<br />

ƙaryar annabci wanda ya kan aika alamu a gabansa, irin da ya<br />

kan ruɗi masu karɓan shaidar bisan, da waɗanda ke sujada ga<br />

gumkinsa: ake jefa su biyu da rai cikin ƙorama ta wuta mai ci da<br />

kibiritu.<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 20:10 Ibilis kuma da ya ruɗe su, aka jefas da shi<br />

cikin ƙorama ta wuta da kibiritu, inda su bisan da mai ƙaryan<br />

annabci suke kuma, za a wulakance su dare da rana har zuwa<br />

zamanin zamunnai<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 20:14-15 kuma aka jefas da mutuwa da hades<br />

cikin ƙorama ta wuta, mutuwa ta biyu ke nan, watau ƙorama ta<br />

wuta. Kuma wanda aka iske ba a rubuta shi cikin littafin rai ba,<br />

aka jefas da shi cikin ƙorama ta wuta.<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 21:8: Amma ga matsorata, da marasa<br />

bangaskiya, da masu ƙazamta, da masu kisan kai, da fasikai da<br />

masu sihiri da masu bautan gumaka, da dukan maƙaryata,<br />

rabonsu yana cikin ƙorama mai ƙonewa da wuta da kibiritu,<br />

mutuwa ta biyu ke nan.<br />

Abu mai muhimmancin shine, Ruya ta Yohanna 20:4 ta nuna<br />

cewa an jefas da mutuwa da hades (ko kuma mutuwa da kabari) cikin<br />

ƙorama ta wuta. Zaka iya tunawa mun koya a I Korintiyawa 15:16 cewa<br />

“Maƙiyi na ƙarshe da za a hallaka shine mutuwa. Amma mun koya a cikin<br />

waɗannan ayoyin cewa an jefas da mutuwa cikin ƙorama ta wuta, wadda<br />

ake kira mutuwa ta biyu (Ruyata Yohanna 20:14) Banda haka kuma mun<br />

koya daga Ruya ta Yohanna 21:1 cewa idan aka kafa sabuwar sama da<br />

sabuwar duniya, teku (hades da mutuwa) ba za su kasance ba. Saboda<br />

haka ƙorama ta wuta tana nuna ƙarshe kwata kwata.<br />

Nan gaba a cikin wannan bincike, zamu koyi cewa Ubangiji Yesu<br />

Kristi ya mutu sau biyu dangane da aikin ceton. Ya mutu kafin kafuwar<br />

duniya a matsayin Ɗan Rago da aka yanka (Ruyata Yohanna 13:8). Ya<br />

kuma mutu lokacin da yake kan giciye, ya nuna mana da kuma duniya<br />

yadda ya biya bashin zunuban mu. Ninka hukumcin sa ya yi daidai da<br />

tsarin da ke shifiɗe a cikin farawa 41:31 watau abinda aka ninka sau<br />

biyu tabbatacen abu ne daga <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Haka kuma, <strong>Allah</strong> yayi Magana game da yin hukuncin sau biyu a<br />

kan waɗanda basu da ceto a cikin Irimiya 17:18 da Ruya ta Yohanna 18:6<br />

inda muka karanta:<br />

Ku saka mata kamar yadda ta bayas, ku saka mata gwargwadon<br />

ayyukanta, riɓi biyu: cikin ƙoƙo wanda ta dama, ku dama mata so<br />

biyu.<br />

28


<strong>Allah</strong> ya nuna a cikin Ruya ta Yohanna 18:8.<br />

Domin wannan fa rana ɗaya alobanta za su zo, mutuwa, da kewa<br />

da yunwa, za’a ƙone ta sarai da wuta; gama Ubangiji <strong>Allah</strong> maiƙarfi<br />

ne wanda ya shari’anta mata.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> yana koya mana a cikin wannan aya cewa a rana ɗaya,<br />

wadda zata kasance ranar shari’a, za a yi mutuwa da fari, za a ƙona ta<br />

da wuta. Konawa da wuta yayi daidai da abinda ke cikin II Bitrus 3:10<br />

inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Amma ranar Ubangiji kamar ɓarawo zata zo; a cikinta fa,<br />

sammai zasu shuɗe tare da ƙara mai-girma, rundunan kuma<br />

zasu narke da ƙuna mai zafi, duniya kuwa da ayukan da ke<br />

cikinta zasu ƙone.<br />

Ƙonawa da wuta wadda ta kasance mutuwa ta biyu, ta danganta<br />

mutuwa ta biyu da ƙorama ta wuta. Wannan ne lokaci na ƙarshe da ta<br />

tabbatar da cewa ba za a sake samun wata damar rayuwa ba. Ya<br />

danganta da kalmar nan ta helenanci “gehenna” da ake samu jefi-jefi a<br />

cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki wanda aka fassara da kalmar “jahannama”. Misali,<br />

mun karanta a cikin Markus 9:43-44 cewa:<br />

Kuma idan hanunka ya sa ka kayi tuntuɓe, ka yanke shi, gwamma<br />

a gareka ka shiga cikin rai ɗungum da ka tafi jahannama da<br />

hannunka biyu, cikin wuta wadda bata bituwa. Wurin da tsutsar<br />

su bata mutuwa ba, kuma wuta bata bituwa ba.<br />

Wutar da bata bituwa ita ce ƙorama mai-ƙonewa. Ambaton wuta<br />

a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya na daidai da abinda aka faɗa a cikin<br />

Ibraniyawa 12:29 inda aka kira <strong>Allah</strong> “wuta mai cinyewa” idan wutar <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ta cinye mutum, wannan mutum ba zai sake rayuwa ba.<br />

Nan gaba zamu koya cewa wannan kalmar “tsutsarsu bata<br />

mutuwa” wannan kalmar tsutsa tana da dangantaka da kunya. Cewa ba<br />

kawai tana nufin kumyatar da waɗanda basu da ceto ta wajen yanke<br />

masu hukumcin mutuwa ba, kuma ba mawuyacin abu bane share<br />

wannan kunya. Haka nan wannan kalmar “wutar bata bituwa” ya nuna<br />

cewa ba zai sake rayuwa ba.<br />

Tilas ne mu tuna cewa a cikin Adamu, an halicci ɗan adam duka<br />

domin ya rayu har abada, ko da yake akwai sharaɗi. Duk da haka,<br />

saboda zunubi, ‘yan adam suka zama masu mutuwa. Amma muddin an<br />

halicce shi a kamanin <strong>Allah</strong> ya rayu har abada, zai yiwu wani lokaci nan<br />

gaba bayan ya biya bashin zunuban sa zai iya rayuwa kuma? amsar ita<br />

ce, a’a! Domin jadada wannan batun <strong>Allah</strong> yayi Magana game da wutan<br />

jahannama wanda bata bituwa, da hallaka ta har abada, da tsutsa da<br />

29


ata mutuwa, da kuma hayaƙi hayaƙin azabar su da yake hawa sama har<br />

abada. Dukan waɗannan kalmomin suna nuna mutuwa ta biyu ce,<br />

ƙorama mai ƙonewa. Wutar da hallakar da hayaƙin da tsutsar, suna nan<br />

har abada inda babu sauran rai.<br />

Waɗannan kalaman sun nuna cewa hakika babu sauran wata<br />

rayuwa ga waɗanda basu da ceto. <strong>Ga</strong>skiyar ita ce an rigaya an ƙona su<br />

gaba ɗaya, saboda haka babu wani tunanin cewa zasu sake wata rayuwa.<br />

An jadada bayanin daina rayuwa ta marasa ceto a ayoyi da dama cikin<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Misali a cikin waɗannan ayoyin.<br />

Nahum 1:6,8 Wanene ya iya tsayawa a gaban haushinsa? Wake da<br />

iko shi daure zafin fushinsa? Hasallarsa tana zuba kamar wuta,<br />

yana fasa ruwa rana tsaka. Amma da rigyawa mai malalawa za ya<br />

sa wurin ya ƙare, sarai za ya ci duddugen maƙiyansa har cikin<br />

dufu.<br />

Malachi 4:1: <strong>Ga</strong>ma ga shi rana tana zuwa tana ƙuna kamar<br />

tanderu; dukan masu girman kai, da dukan waɗanda ke aikin<br />

mugunta, zasu zama tattakai ranan dake zuwa kuma zata<br />

ƙoƙƙone su, in ji Ubangiji mai runduna, har ba zata bar masu<br />

tushe ko reshe ba.<br />

Ishaya 10:23: <strong>Ga</strong>ma Ubangiji, Yahweh mai-runduna, za ya aika<br />

cikakiyar ƙarewa ƙadararriya ce kuwa, a tsakiyar dukan duniya.<br />

Kalmar Ibraniyanci da aka fassara da ‘‘cikakkiyar ƙarewa’’ an<br />

kuma fassara ta a matsayin ‘‘cinyewa’’ ko ‘‘ƙarshe’’. Mun karanta a cikin<br />

Irimiya 46:28 cewa:<br />

Kada ka ji tsoro ya Yakub, bawana inji Ubangiji, gama ina tare da<br />

kai, gama zan ƙarasa al’umman nan inda na kore ka, sarai<br />

dukansu, amma ba zan ƙarasa ka ba; amma zan yi maka horo da<br />

shari’a, ba kwa zan bar ka ba horo ba.<br />

Har wa yau, an yi amfani da kalmar nan “lalacewa’’ kimanin sau<br />

100 a cikin Tsohon Alkawari da kuma sau 30 a Sabon Alkawari. Kowace<br />

aya tana jaddada ƙarshen rayuwa. Misali: Ayuba 4:20 ta ce:<br />

A tsakanin safiya da yamma a kan farfashe su, sukan lalace har<br />

abada, ba mai kulawa.<br />

Har wa yau, an yi amfani da waɗannan kalmomin “halaka” da<br />

“Hallakarwa” fiye da sau 500 a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

A wani ɓangaren kuma, ba bu kalmar nan ‘‘azaba’’ a cikin<br />

Tsohon Alkawari, kuma sau 22 aka yi amfani da ita a cikin Sabon<br />

30


Alkawari. Mun gane da cewa yanayin da aka yi amfani da kalmar ya<br />

danganta daga waɗannan.<br />

1. Azabar marasa bi yayin da suke jin bisharar gaskiya (Ruya ta<br />

Yohanna 11:10).<br />

2. Azaba irin ta rashin lafiya (Matta 8:6, Matta 4:24).<br />

3. Azaba ta harbin kunama (Ruyata Yohanna 9:5).<br />

4. Kalmar Helenanci da aka fassarata “Azaba” an kuma fassara<br />

ta da ‘‘ɓacin zuciya’’ ko kuma ‘‘fushi’’, lokacin da Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki yayi Magana game da ruhun Lutu mai-adalci da ya<br />

‘‘fusata’’sabili da zunuban Saduma. (Bitrus II 2:8).<br />

5. A helenanci wannan kalmar “azaba” an fassarata “Baƙin ciki”<br />

(Luka 2:48, Ayyukan manzani 20:38).<br />

6. Azaba da wuta (Ruya ta Yohanna 14:10, Luka 16:24).<br />

Mun koyi cewa ƙarshen shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> mutuwa ce. Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki ya goyi bayan wannan bayanin ta wajen amfani da kalamai kamar<br />

“lalacewa” “hallakarwa”. Za a kuma iya gane cewa an yi amfani da<br />

kalamai kamar, ‘‘mutuwa’’, da ‘‘mutu’’, fiye da sau 1,300 a cikin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki. Ba abin mamaki bane da Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya bayyana da<br />

cewa maƙiyi na ƙarshe da za a hallaka shine mutuwa. (Korintiyawa<br />

15:26)<br />

Mai Arziki Da La’azaru<br />

Yanzu zamu sake nazarin misalin mai-arziki da La’azaru wanda<br />

ke cikin Luka 16. Rashin fahimtar wannan misali ya kawo rashin<br />

fahimtar tsarin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Misalin yayi bayani a kan mutane biyu. Mai-arziki yana da duk<br />

abin jin daɗi da wadata da wannan duniya zata iya kawowa, amma ba shi<br />

da ceto. Matalauci La’azaru baya da waɗannan abubuwan jin daɗi na<br />

wannan duniya amma yana da ceto. Daga ƙarshe dukansu suka mutu,<br />

aka binne mai-arziki shi kuma La’azaru mala’iku suka ɗauke shi zuwa<br />

ƙirjin Ibrahim (Luka 16:22). Kasancewa a ƙirjin Ibrahim hoto ne na<br />

kasancewa a wuri mafi albarka a gaban <strong>Allah</strong>. A binne kuma shine a sa<br />

mutum a kabari.<br />

Misali kuma ya ci gaba da magana tsakanin mai- arzikin da ya<br />

mutu da Ibrahim (<strong>Allah</strong>) wanda yake cikin sama. Ka tuna mun koya cewa<br />

kabari da mutuwa daidai suke da jahannama. Saboda haka ba kuskure<br />

bane a ce mai arziki yana jahannama (Luka 16:23). Amma tilas ne mu<br />

gane cewa ɗaga idanunsa ya ga la’azaru a ƙirjin ibrahim, ya kuma yi<br />

magana da Ibrahim duka misali ne. Watau, <strong>Allah</strong> ya shimfiɗa waɗansu<br />

jadawalin tunani ko kuma hotuna masu kusurwai uku, domin ya koya<br />

gaskiyar ruhaniya. Waɗannan gaskiyar sun ƙunshi koyaswa kamar haka:<br />

31


1. Mai-arziki ya roƙi Ibrahim, ya aiki la’azarun da ɗikon ruwa<br />

domin ya sanyaya harshen sa (Luka 16: 24) babu jinƙai ko<br />

alheri ga waɗanda suka mutu ba tare da sun sami ceto ba.<br />

2. Akwai babban rami tsakanin sama da jahannama, sama, rai<br />

na har abada ne, jahannama, mutuwa ce ta har abada babu<br />

yadda waɗanda suka mutu zasu sake rayuwa.<br />

3. Mai-arzikin yana son Ibrahim ya aiki la’azaru zuwa wajen<br />

’yan’uwansa guda biyar domin yana tsammani wannan<br />

mu’ujiza zata sa su zama masu bi. <strong>Ga</strong>skiyar ita ce, suna da<br />

Musa da sauran annabawa, da kuma Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Idan<br />

ba za su gaskata da Littafi Mai-Tsarki ba ba za su gaskanta<br />

ba ko sun ga manyan mu’ujizai.<br />

4. Mai arzikin yana shan azaba a cikin wuta, An yi amfani da<br />

kalmar Helenanci da aka fasara ta da ‘‘Azaba’’ a aya 24<br />

kawai, a ya 25 (‘‘kana shan azaba’’), a cikin Luka 2:48, da<br />

Ayyukan Manzanni 20;38. kalmar nan ‘‘harshen wuta’’ tana<br />

jadada cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ne yake hukumta mai-arzikin, wanda shi<br />

wuta ne mai-cinyewa (Ibraniyawa 12:29). Kalmar nan<br />

‘‘azaba’’ wadda, aka bayyana ta wurin amfani da ita a cikin<br />

Ayukan Manzani 20:28 da Luka 2:48, tana nuna yadda azaba<br />

da yake sha ta ke. Saboda haka zamu duba a hankali wannan<br />

kalmar yadda aka yi amfani da su a cikin ayoyin nan biyu.<br />

Ayukan Manzani 20:38, Suna baƙin ciki tun ba ma saboda<br />

maganarsa da ya faɗa ba, cewa ba za ku ƙara ganinsa ba. Daga<br />

nan suka rako shi har bakin jirgi.<br />

Luka 2:48 Sa’anda suka ganshi fa suka yi al’ajibi, uwa tasa kwa ta<br />

ce masa, ɗana, don menene kayi mana haka? <strong>Ga</strong> ubanka da ni da<br />

baƙin ciki muka neme ka.”<br />

A cikin waɗannan ayoyin, kalmar da aka fasara a matsayin<br />

‘‘azaba’’ a cikin luka 16 an fasara ta da ‘‘baƙin ciki’’. Wannan baƙin cikin<br />

baya da nasaba da ciwon cikin jiki. Baƙin cikin rashin sake ganin<br />

ƙaunatattace ne. Mai-arzikin yana cikin azaba domin yana baƙin ciki ba<br />

zai sake samun murna da jin daɗin da ya samu lokacin da yake raye a<br />

duniya ba; yayinda La’azaru kuma yake nan lafiya da albarku masu girma<br />

har abada abadin.<br />

Watau, wannan misali na mai-arziki da la’azaru bai koya mana<br />

wani abu game da azaba ta har abada a wani wuri da a ke kira<br />

Jahannama ba. Yana koya mana game da hukumcin rasa duk albarkun<br />

wannan rayuwa da rasa duk albarkan rai na har abada. Misali ya taimaka<br />

mana mu fahimci halin da Isuwa ya shiga. Shi ɗan fari ne. Saboda haka<br />

yana da gadon haihuwa da ya ƙunshi ruɓi biyu na gado. Duk da haka ya<br />

32


wulakanta gadonsa na haihuwa ya sayar da shi a bakin ƙwaryar abinci<br />

(Farawa 25:29-34)<br />

A cikin Adamu, duk ’yan Adam suna da ’yancin ɗan fari, gadon<br />

ɗan fari wanda ya ƙumshi rabo biyu na ɗan fari Yesu yayi bayani a<br />

misalin da ya bayar na ɓataccen ɗa. An faɗawa babban ɗan a cikin Luka<br />

15:31 “ɗana tuntuni kana tare da ni, dukan nawa kwa naka ne”. <strong>Ga</strong>don<br />

haihuwar ya ƙunshi rabo na ɗan fari (kubawar sharia 21:17) “Dukan abin<br />

da nake da shi naka ne” ya ƙunshi rai na har abada kuma magada tare da<br />

Kristi. (Romawa 8:17)<br />

Saboda wannan zunubin da aka misalta da ƙwaryar abinci, mun<br />

rasa gadon haihuwarmu. Mun rasa ’yancin rayuwa cikin Kristi, wadda<br />

take rai na har abada ga cetattu. Mun rasa ’yancin zama magada tare da<br />

Kristi na sabuwar sama da sabuwar duniya. Wannan shine babban<br />

hukumcin da za mu biya sabili da zunuban mu.<br />

Kalmomi ba zasu iya misalta babbar asarar da marar ceto ya yi ba<br />

idan zunubi ya sa ya rasa rai madawwami tare da Kristi, ba kuma zai yi<br />

mulki tare da Kristi har abada ba kuma zai yi gado tare da shi ba a<br />

sabuwar sama da sabuwar duniya. Babu shakka wannan zai kasance<br />

babban ɓangare na azaba da waɗanda suka shiga wata biyar na ƙarshen<br />

duniya zasu fuskanta. Zasu kuma tarar cewa domin an barsu a baya<br />

lokacin fyaucewa, ba za su taɓa samun komi ba na gadon haifuwarsu.<br />

Za a kuma iya kiran baƙin ciki da azaba na mai-arziki a kabari,<br />

Jahannana, ya ƙara mana haske kan babbar azaba (baƙinciki) da zai<br />

kasance tsakanin miliyoyin ’yan Ikklisiya waɗanda suka hakikanta cewa<br />

suna da ceto amma aka barsu a baya lokacin fyaucewa. Ba abin mamaki<br />

bane kamar yadda muke koya yanzu, suna kuka suna cizon haƙora, suna<br />

yiwa <strong>Allah</strong> saɓo. Mun koyar cewa, babban abinda waɗanda suka gane<br />

cewa sun rasa shiga cikin mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> har abada, zasu yi shine baƙin<br />

ciki mai tsanani. An kuma koya wannan daga abinda Isuwa ya yi wanda<br />

ya wulakanta gadon haihuwarsa ya sayar wa Yakub domin ƙwaryar<br />

abinci. Mun karanta a cikin Ibraniyawa 12:16-17 cewa:<br />

Kada wani mai-fasikanci ya kasance, ko kuwa wani marar-ibada<br />

kamar Isuwa, wanda saboda ƙwaryar abinci ɗaya kaɗai ya sayar<br />

da gadonsa, na ɗan fari. <strong>Ga</strong>ma kun sani, ko da yana marmarin ya<br />

gaji albarkar daga baya, aka ƙi shi, gama ba ya sami zarafin tuba<br />

ba, duk da yake ya nema da naciya da hawaye.<br />

Akwai kimanin mutane biliyan biyu a yau da suke kiran kansu<br />

“Krista” kuma yawancinsu suna da alaƙa da Ikklisiya. Yayin da muke<br />

duba Ikklisiyoyin da suke kewaye da mu, kusan dukan Ikklisiyan sun<br />

kasa gaskatawa da gargaɗin da Littafi Mai-Tsarki yake yi masu game da<br />

ficewa daga Ikklisiya domin <strong>Allah</strong> ya daina amfani da Ikkilisya wajen kai<br />

Bishara. Har yanzu yawancin su sun gaskanta da cewa Kristi zai dawo<br />

kamar ɓarawo da dare, kuma ba zamu san ainihin ranar ƙarshen zamani<br />

33


a. Yawancin su sun dogara ne a kan bishara ta yi da kanka, kuma basu<br />

gane da gaskiyar cewa Kristi ya yi duk abinda ake bukata domin<br />

cetonmu ba. Yawancin su suna da ra’ayin nan na fahimtar tsarin shari’ar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> da ke karkatacciyar koyaswa cewa a rana ta ƙarshe za a yiwa<br />

marasa ceto hukumci su kuma zauna a wani wuri da ake kira jahannama<br />

har abada.<br />

Kimanin ’yan Ikklisiya biliyan biyu zasu gane a ranar 21 ga watan<br />

Mayu, 2011 cewa, an barsu a baya. Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya bayyana cewa<br />

baƙin cikinsu zai kasance kamar baƙin cikin (azaba) na mai-arziki da<br />

muka gani a cikin misalin da muka bincike. Mun karanta a cikin Luka<br />

13:28 cewa:<br />

Can za a yi kuka da cizon haƙora, lokacin da kun ga Ibrahim, da<br />

Ishaku, da Yakub, da dukan annabawa cikin mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>, ku da<br />

kanku kuwa an fitar da ku waje.<br />

Idan ranar shari’a ta fara ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, a duk<br />

faɗin duniya, za a canza jikunan miliyoyin masu bi na gaskiya zuwa<br />

jikunan ruhaniya na har abada a kuma fyauce su zuwa sama, a gaban<br />

idanun waɗanda aka bari a baya. Bugu da ƙari, za a buɗe kaburbura a<br />

duk duniya zasu bubbuɗe, za a canza jikunan masu bi na gaskiya a<br />

kuma fyauce su zuwa sama. Wannan ya ƙunshi, jikunan, Ibrahim, Ishaku<br />

da Yakub. ’Yan Ikklisiyar da aka bari a baya za su yi mamakin ganin cewa<br />

suna ƙarƙashin fushin <strong>Allah</strong>. A cikin tsananin baƙin ciki, zasu yi kuka,<br />

suna kuma cizon haƙora, suna nuna tsananin fushinsu da <strong>Allah</strong>. Zai<br />

zama wani lokacin baƙin ciki mai-tsanani ga dukan ’yan Ikklisiya.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana wannan a cikin ayoyi da dama, misali, Matta<br />

8:11-12, Matta 13:49-50, Matta 13:41-42, Matta 25:30 waɗansu daga<br />

cikin ayoyin nan sun jadada cewa ana kiran wurin inda za a yi kuka da<br />

cizon haƙora. Su jefa su cikin buyar wuta, can za a yi kuka da cizon<br />

haƙora. Wannan yayi dadai da ƙorafin mai-arziki a cikin Luka 16:24. ‘‘...<br />

gama azaba na ke ji (baƙin ciki) a cikin wannan wuta. Ka tuna cewa <strong>Allah</strong><br />

wuta ne mai cinyewa (Ibraniyawa 12:29). Kasancewa a ƙarƙashin<br />

fushinsa, kamar shiga cikin wuta mai ci ne.<br />

Ta haka mun koya ta wurin wannan misalin inda aka nuna<br />

mataccen yana Magana da <strong>Allah</strong> a sama (Ibrahim), an ba mu cikaken<br />

bayani game da illar fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Hukumcin mafi muni mai kunyatarwa kuma da za a yanke a kan<br />

duk wani laifi shine hukuncin kisa. Babu wani ciwo a jiki dake da nasaba<br />

da hukuncin kisa, zai je, amma duk da haka ana ganinshi a matsayin<br />

hukunci mafi tsanani, Mene ne ya sa ya zama haka?<br />

Haka ta faru ne domin an ƙwace ’yancin rayuwa ga mutumin da<br />

aka aiwatar da hukumcin kisa mai kunyatarwa. Zai iya kashe kansa. Zai<br />

iya sadaukar da ransa a fagen yaƙi ko kuma ya hau tsauni. Zai iya biyan<br />

laifin da ya aikata wajen zama a gidan kaso. Amma da zarar ’yan adam<br />

34


sun zartar da hukunci irin na wulakanci a kansa, za a ɗauke ransa, ya<br />

zama wanda ya fuskanci abinda ake bayyanawa a matsayin hukunci maitsanani.<br />

Ba lallai mu iya sanin wannan ba, amma hukuncin kisan da aka<br />

yanke mashi a duniya wani darasi wanda yake nuna yadda hukuncin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> zai kasance kan zunubi. A hakikanin gaskiya ma, <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana<br />

a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki hukunci kisa mafi ƙanƙanci da aka taɓa tunani.<br />

Wannan hukumcin kisan kuma yana da dangantaka da ceton mu. Babu<br />

shakka muna magana ne a kan mutuwar Mai-albarka Ubangijin mu da<br />

Mai-Ceton mu. Saboda haka ya kamata mu dubi mutuwar sa a hankali<br />

domin ba kawai zamu koyi yadda kumyata ya yi daidai da tsarin<br />

hukumcin <strong>Allah</strong> daga ciki ba, amma zamu ƙara koyo game da hukunci<br />

da shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> bisa zunubi.<br />

35


Sura Ta Huɗu<br />

Yaushe Ne Kristi Ya Mutu?<br />

Bayani na farko mai-ban mamaki da muka koya yayin da muke<br />

bincika a hankali game da abin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya koya mana a cikin Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki akan aikin ceto shine an gama baki ɗaya kafin <strong>Allah</strong> ya halicci<br />

mutum. Mun karanta a cikin Ruya Ta Yohana 13:8 ‘‘...Ɗan Ragon da yake<br />

yankakke tun kafawar duniya.’’ Mun karanta a cikin Ibraniyawa 4:3 cewa:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ma mu da muke bada gaskiya muna shiga cikin wannan hutu,<br />

kamar yadda ya ce, yadda na yi rantsuwa cikin fushina, ba za su<br />

shiga cikin hutuna ba, ko da aka gama ayyukan tun kafuwar<br />

duniya.<br />

Mun kuma karanta a cikin matta 25:34 cewa:<br />

Sa’annan shi sarki za ya ce ma waɗannan da ke hannun damansa,<br />

ku zo, ku masu albarka na ubana ku gaji mulkin da an shirya<br />

domin ku tun kafuwar duniya.<br />

Waɗannan ayoyin sun koya mana a fili cewa an gama dukan<br />

ayyukan da ake bukata domin ceton mu tun kafuwar duniya.<br />

Yanzu za mu iya sanin iya fahimtar ayoyin da suka yi magana a<br />

kan shi a matsayin ‘‘Haifaffe shi kaɗai” Haifa na da mafari. Sai dai Kristi<br />

yana nan tun fil-azal(kolosiyawa 1:17) Saboda haka ba shi da farko.<br />

Amma mun karanta a cikin Romawa 1:4 cewa:<br />

Aka aiyana, shi Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong> da iko, ta wurin Ruhu Mai-Tsaki bisa<br />

ga tashi daga mattattu shi Yesu Kristi Ubangijinmu.<br />

A kolosiyawa 1:18 mun karanta cewa: shi... Haifar fari daga cikin<br />

mattatu.” Bisa ga waɗannan ayoyi, an tashi Kristi daga mattatu.<br />

Bisa ga waɗannan ayoyin, an tashi Kristi daga matattu. Kuma da<br />

yake shine Ɗan Ragon da aka yanka (kashe) tun daga kafawar duniya,<br />

dole ne ya kuma tashi daga matattu tun kafuwar duniya. Za a fahimci<br />

‘‘Daga kafawar’’ a matsayin “kafin kafuwar’’ domin mun karanta a<br />

Ibraniyawa 1:2 cewa:<br />

A ƙarshen waɗannan kwanaki ya yi mana Magana cikin ɗansa<br />

wanda ya sanya magajin abu duka wanda kuma ya yi duniya ta<br />

wurinsa.<br />

Tun da yake tashin Kristi daga mattatu shine aikin ceto na ƙarshe<br />

mun sani yayinda muke karantawa cikin Ibraniwa 1:2, cewa tunda Kristi a<br />

36


matsayin Ɗan ya sa aka aiwatar da aikin ceto kafin halitta. Aikin <strong>Allah</strong> ne<br />

kammala wannan aikin duka, sai dai tilas ya kasance gaskiya gaba ɗaya<br />

domin Littafi Mai-Tsarki gaskiya ne. Domin haka zamu fahimci ayoyi<br />

kamar haka:<br />

Timottawus 1: 9-10 ta ce: wanda ya cece mu, ya kiraye mu kuma<br />

da kira mai-tsarki, ba gwargwadon ayyukan mu ba, amma bisa<br />

ga nasa nufi, da Alheri, wanda aka bamu cikin Kristi Yesu tun<br />

gaban madawaman zamani, amma yanzu ya bayyana ta wurin<br />

bayyanuwar mai-ceton mu Kristi Yesu wanda ya kawas da<br />

mutuwa, ya haskaka rai da dauwama ta wurin bishara.<br />

Ibraniyawa 1:5 <strong>Ga</strong>ma ga wanene daga cikin mala’iku ya taɓa yin<br />

magana ya ce masa, kai ɗana ne yau na haife ka? Da kuma ni<br />

zama uba gareshi, shi kuma za ya zama ɗa a gareni?<br />

Yohanana 1:18 Ba wanda ya taɓa ganin <strong>Allah</strong> daɗai, haifaffe shi<br />

kaɗai wanda ke cikin ƙirjin uba, shine ya bada labarinsa.<br />

Matta: 3: 17 <strong>Ga</strong> kwa murya daga cikin sammai ta ce, wannan<br />

ɗana ne ƙamnatacce na, wanda raina, yaji daɗinsa sarai.<br />

Kristi Ya Nuna Abinda Yayi Domin Ya cecemu<br />

Amma, idan Kristi yayi dukan aikin domin ya ceci waɗanda ya<br />

zaɓa ya cece su (zaɓaɓɓu) kafin ya halicci duniya, menene ya sa ya sake<br />

mutuwa a kan giciye? <strong>Allah</strong> ya amsa wannan tambayar a cikin Luka 3:6<br />

inda <strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

Dukan mai rai kwa zaya ga ceton <strong>Allah</strong>’<br />

A cikin Bitrus 1, 1:20 ya kara cewa:<br />

wanda aka rigaya saninsa lallai gaban kafuwar duniya, amma a<br />

ƙarshen zamani ya bayyanu sabili da ku.<br />

Bayyana na nufin a gani, a nuna shi, a gwada. <strong>Allah</strong> yayi tanadi<br />

domin cetonmu, a cikin wani aiki na ƙauna da ya fi ƙarfin fahimtar<br />

mutum. Ya aiko da Yesu wannan duniyar a cikin jiki ya kuma nuna wa<br />

duniya abinda ya riga yayi domin biyan bashin zunuban zaɓɓaɓu.<br />

Kristi ya yi Magana da misalai. Waɗansu lokatai misalan suna<br />

kama da hotuna masu kusurwa uku dake bayyana gaskiyar Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki. Ka tuna da wannan hoton na mai-arziki a cikin kabari da ake<br />

kira jahannama, da yake magana da Ibrahim, wanda yake wakiltan <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Yana baƙin ciki domin yayi asarar komi da kuma kasancewa yana<br />

37


fuskantar fushin <strong>Allah</strong>. Shi kuma La’azaru da yake ƙirjin Ibrahim yana da<br />

komai, wato, rai na har abada. Yana da cikakken kariya kuma magajin<br />

mulki da kristi.<br />

Wannan hoton ƙarami ne idan aka kwatanta shi da hoton rayuwar<br />

Ubangijinmu Yesu kristi inda ya wakilci kansa, A wannan hoton mun<br />

ganshi ya ɗauke jiki irin namu da aka haife shi ta wajen budurwa<br />

Maryamu. <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana wannan a cikin Ibraniyawa 10:4-7 inda muka<br />

karanta cewa:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ma bashi yiwuwa jinin bajimai da na awaki shi kawas da<br />

zunubai. Domin wannan sa’anda yana shigowa cikin duniya yace,<br />

da hadaya da baiko ba ka so ba, Amma, jiki ka shirya mani;<br />

Hadayu tuli na ƙonawa da na zunubi baka ji daɗin su ba?<br />

Sa’annan na ce gani na zo (cikin littafi an rubuta a kaina) garin in<br />

aika nufinka ya <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Idan ka yarda ka lura da juyawa da aka yi daga hadaya da<br />

bayaswa zuwa kan Yesu da kansa, wanda ya kasance jikin da aka shirya<br />

domin ya nuna abin da ya faru kafin kafuwar duniya.<br />

Saboda haka, lokacin da Yesu ya tafi giciye, bai je wurin domin ya<br />

biya bashin zunubanmu ba. An biya wannan bashin fiye da shekaru<br />

11,000 da suka wuce. Amma a cikin ƙaunarsa mai girma yana shirye ya<br />

sha wahalar fushin <strong>Allah</strong> a madadin waɗanda ya zo domin ya ceta domin<br />

mu gani da idanun mu (ta wurin Littafi Mai-Tsarki), babban abinda ake<br />

bukata a biya.<br />

Yanzu za mu iya gane dalilin da yasa yace ‘‘Ya Ubana, idan zai<br />

yiwu ka ɗauke min wanan ƙoƙo, ba nawa nufin ba amma bari na ka nufin<br />

shi kasance”( matta 26:35), ya kuma yi tambaya cewa: ‘‘ya <strong>Allah</strong>na ya<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>na don me ka yasheni?’’ (Matta 27:46). Shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> bata bukatar<br />

biyan bashin cettatu sau biyu. Wannan ƙari ne wanda bashi da anfani,<br />

wani muhimmin aikin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi. <strong>Allah</strong> ya rigaya ya shirya haka. Musa<br />

(dokar <strong>Allah</strong>) ya buga dutsen (Kristi) sau biyu, (Littafin Lissafi 20:11)<br />

bayan bugu ɗaya kawai ake bukata ya kawo ruwa. (Fitowa 17:6) Ishaya<br />

40:2 tana cewa:<br />

Kuyi Magana mai kwantad da rai ga Urushalima, kuyi mata kira,<br />

yaƙinta ya ƙare, an gafarta laifinta gama daga hannun Ubangiji ta<br />

karɓi alhakin dukan zunubanta riɓi biyu.<br />

Yanzu mun gama cewa Kristi ya sha wahala sau ɗaya domin<br />

zunubanmu, kuma ya sha wahala ta biyu domin ya nuna mana yadda ya<br />

biya bashin zunubanmu. Yanzu za mu iya gane dalilin da ya sa Bilatus,<br />

mai mulki na Roma ya yi ta maimaitawa akai, akai cewa ‘‘ban same shi<br />

da wani laifi ba ( Luka 23:4-22, Yohanna 19:4-6 da kuma Matta 27:4-<br />

24). Kristi ya tsaya a gabansa marar laifi ko kaɗan. Amma duk da haka<br />

38


tilas a hukumta shi kamar wanda har yanzu yake ɗauke da zunuban<br />

waɗanda aka kiraye su zuwa ga ceto domin ya nuna yadda ya sha<br />

wahala sabili da waɗannan zunuban. Abin mamaki shi ne babban firist<br />

ɗin ne ya yankewa Yesu hukumci. Matta 20:18 ta ce:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>shi zamu Urushalima, kuma za a ba da Ɗan Mutun ga hannun<br />

manyan malamai da marubuta, zasu hukunta masa mutuwa.<br />

Yahanna 11:50-51 ta ce:<br />

Ba ku lura kuma yana da amfani a gare ku mutun da ya mutu<br />

saboda jama’a kada al’umma duka ta lalace wannan batu fa ya<br />

faɗa ba bisa kansa ba amma domin shi baban malami ne<br />

shekaran nan yayi annabci Yesu zaya mutu saboda al’umman.<br />

kuma a cikin Yohanna 19:17 mun karata cewa:<br />

Yahudawa suka amsa suka ce masa muna da doka bisa ga<br />

wannan doka kwa ya kamata shi mutu domin ya maida kansa<br />

Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

A ko ina cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki babban Limami misalin Yesu ne<br />

babban Limami. Hakin babban Limami ne ya yanka rago.<br />

Saboda haka Bilatus gwamna ne, wanda yake da ikon yankewa<br />

Yesu hukuncin kisa domin ya farantawa Yahudawa rai, ya bada umarni<br />

cewa a kashe Yesu ta hanyar giciyewa. Giciyewa bisa ga dukan alamu, ita<br />

ce hanyar kisa mafi kunyatarwa da mutum ya shirya. Mun koyi<br />

muhimman darussa guda uku game da giciye Yesu. Da waɗannan:<br />

1. Kunya, da la’ana da azaba da Kristi ya daure don zunuban<br />

mu.<br />

2. Kunya da la’ana da tilas za a ɗora bisa waɗanda ba a cece su<br />

ba da kuma ƙarin azaba da za’a jimre ga waɗanda zasu shiga<br />

da rai ranar sharia.<br />

3. Abin mamaki na gafara na dab da ƙarshe.<br />

Lokacin da aka giciye Kristi, ya zama abin nuni ga jama’a na<br />

mutumin da yake ƙalƙashin la’anar <strong>Allah</strong>. Domin mu gane<br />

muhimmancin la’ana, bari mu dubi itacen ɓauren nan da Yesu ya la’anta<br />

(Markus 11:14). An la’anta itacen ɓauren da yake wakiltar al’umar Isra’ila<br />

duk zamanin Tsohon Alkawari lokacin da Kristi ya ce “kada kowa ya ci<br />

‘ya’ya daga wurinka, nan gaba har abada.’’ Saboda haka la’anar itacen<br />

ɓauren yana koya mana cewa an hallaka al’umar Isra’ila har abada, ba<br />

kuma za a sake amfani da ita ba a matsayin hanyar samun albarka ta<br />

ruhaniya.<br />

39


Kazalika, yayin da aka la’anta ’yan adam domin zunubansu ya<br />

nuna cewa dole ne a yi masu cikakken hukunci yadda dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ta<br />

tanada, hukuncin da ƙarshen sa shine hallaka ta har abada. Mun karanta<br />

a cikin Kubawar shari’a 28:20 cewa:<br />

Ubangiji za ya aiko maka da la’ana da damuwa da tsautawa, cikin<br />

dukan abinda ka ke sa hannu gareshi, har ka hallaka, ka lalace da<br />

sauri, saboda muguntar ayyukanka inda ka yashe ni.<br />

Daɗin daɗawa, mun karanta a cikin Kubawar sharia 28:45 cewa:<br />

Kuma dukan waɗannan la’anoni zasu aike maka har ka hallaka<br />

domin ba ka lura da muryar Ubangiji <strong>Allah</strong>nka ba, da zaka kiyaye<br />

dokokinsa da farillansa waɗanda ya umurce ka da su.<br />

Wannan la’anar ce aka ɗorawa Yesu lokacin da aka biya bashin<br />

zunuban mu kafin kafuwar duniya: daga baya ya nuna wannan la’anar<br />

lokacin da aka rataye shi a kan giciye kamar yadda <strong>Ga</strong>latiyawa 3:13 ta ce<br />

Kristi ya fanshe mu daga la’anar shari’a da ya zama la’ana<br />

maimakon mu gama an rubuta kowanne wanda an rataye shi ga<br />

itace la’ananne ne.<br />

Saboda haka, za mu iya sani yayin da muke duban Yesu a kan<br />

giciye ƙarƙashin la’anar <strong>Allah</strong>, wannan yana nufin duk wanda ba shi da<br />

ceto, zai ƙarasa da hallaka ta har abada.<br />

Bari mu duba a hankali, munin kallon giciye Yesu. Kamar yadda<br />

muka faɗa aiwatar da hukumcin kisa ta wurin giciye ita ce hanya mafi<br />

tsanani da rashin imani, cike da ƙeta, marar kyaun gani wadda kuma ta<br />

fi kunyatarwa da ake ƙwace ’yancin mutum na rayuwa daga gareshi.<br />

Akwai zafin ƙusoshin da aka buga ta hannuwa da ƙafafunsa. Akwai<br />

kunyar ƙwace wa mutum tufafi a giciye shi tsirara, Akwai batun zama<br />

abin kallo ga jama’a, inda jama’a masu yawa ’yan kasar sa, da kowanne<br />

mutum a duniya zasu ga kumyatarsa. Akwai kuma gaskiyar nan cewa<br />

zai shafe sa’oi da yawa yana daure baƙaƙen maganganu da ba’a daga<br />

waɗanda suke so su kashe shi. Alal hakika babu wani hukumcin kisa da<br />

yafi na giciye kunyatarwa.<br />

Idan muka dubi Golgotha inda aka giciye Yesu, mun ga giciye<br />

guda uku. Guda biyu daga cikinsu mutane ne da suka aikata laifi<br />

waɗanda aka aiwatarwa hukumcin kisa ta wannan hanyar kunyatarwa. A<br />

tsakaninsu, a kan giciye na uku, aka giciye dukan wanda Yesu ya zo<br />

domin ya ceta. A’a ba wai muna wurin da kanmu bane. Mai-Cetonmu,<br />

Ubangiji Yesu Kristi ne yake rataye a wurin yana nuna mana cewa, shine<br />

ya tsaya a madadinmu. Wannan ce mutuwar da dama zamu jimre sabili<br />

40


da zunubanmu. Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya bayyana a fili cikin <strong>Ga</strong>latiyawa 2:20<br />

cewa “An giciye ni tare da Kristi”.<br />

An lisafta Yesu tare da masu zunubi (Ishaya 53:12, Markus<br />

15:28). Nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne ya nuna mana a fili shirinsa na shari’a. Da farko,<br />

ka tuna cewa a giciye yana nufin la’anar <strong>Allah</strong>. Duk abinda ya faru a<br />

Golgota inda giciyen suke yana cike da la’anar <strong>Allah</strong> a kanmu inda za a<br />

iya hallaka mu har abada. Muna gani a fili mutuwa mafi ban kunya da za<br />

mu iya tsammani. Masu laifin guda biyu da suke wakiltar dukan<br />

mutanen duniya, suna dab da ɗanɗana hukuncin da doka ta ayyana.<br />

“<strong>Ga</strong>ma hakkin zunubi mutuwa ce” (Romawa 6:23) Suna ƙarƙashin la’anar<br />

doka. Doka ta yanke masu hukumcin kisa mai kunyatarwa da mutuwar<br />

la’ana. Dubban mutane suna mutuwa ta hanyoyi dabam dabam, amma<br />

babu wadda ta fi kunyatarwa kamar mutuwar giciye. Idan sun mutu, ba<br />

zasu sake rayuwa ba. Saboda haka zasu yi asarar gado na rai na har<br />

abada da kuma gadon sabuwar sama da sabuwar duniya. Sun biya<br />

babban bashin daɗin da suka ji, tun da suka aikata zunubi a wannan<br />

rayuwar.<br />

Mun koyi cewa babban hukuncin zunubi shine asarar farin ciki da<br />

albarkun wannan rayuwa da kuma gadon mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>, wanda ya ƙunshi<br />

rai madawami da gadon sabuwar sama da sabuwar duniya. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne<br />

waɗanda suka mutu kafin tashin mattatu ba su san wannan ba. Amma<br />

gaskiya ce kamar yadda misalin mai arziki da la’azaru yake koyarwa a<br />

Luka 16. Lokacin da mai arzikin ya ga La’azaru a ƙirjin Ibrahim, wanda<br />

yake jan idannunmu na ruhaniya zuwa ga madawamin gadon mai-bi,<br />

ya kwatanta wannan da rayuwar azaba da yake ciki inda ba zai ƙara jin<br />

daɗin rayuwar da ya yi a lokutan baya ba, ba kuma zai sami wannan<br />

farin ciki da murna na gadon ruhaniya ba. Hakika yana baƙin cikin gaske<br />

domin wannan fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Kamar yadda muka koya, sanin wannan babbar asarar gadon<br />

shine abin da zai faru da biliyoyin mutanen da za su shiga ranar shari’a a<br />

wata biyar na ƙarshen zamani. Yayin da suke raye, zasu ga masu bi na<br />

gaskiya lokacin da ake fyauce su zuwa ɗaukaka, su kuma zasu ci gaba<br />

da zama a duniya a cikin mummunan kwarin nan na mutuwa. Wannan ya<br />

tabbatar da cewa zunubi ya ƙunshi asarar gado. Kasancewa waɗansu sun<br />

mutu ba tare da sanin cewa zasu yi asarar gadonsu ba, bai sake gaskiyar<br />

cewa sun rasa gadon nan nasu mai daraja sabili da zunubansu a<br />

matsayin hukunci ba.<br />

Ya Ƙare<br />

Hoto mai kusurwa uku da ake da shi wanda ya nuna yadda Yesu<br />

ya ɗauke fushin <strong>Allah</strong> sabili da zunubanmu ya ƙare lokacin da Yesu yace<br />

“Ya Ƙare”. Babbar azaba ce Kristi ya sha karo na biyu. Sai dai a lokaci na<br />

biyu ba wai ƙoƙari yake yi ya biya bashin zunubanmu ba.<br />

41


Amma domin ya nuna mana da kuma masu mulki da ikoki yadda ya sha<br />

wahala kafin kafawar duniya domin ya biya cikakken bashin.<br />

Sa’oi uku da aka yi na duhu, kafin Kristi ya ce ‘‘Ya <strong>Allah</strong> na, Ya<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>na don me ka yashe ni?” ya ƙunshi hakikanin gaskiyar cewa, a<br />

farkon zamani, Kristi ya biya cikakkken bashin zunuban mu, ya mutu ya<br />

kuma sake tashi. An bayyana wannan gaskiya a fili cikin Zabura 16:10.<br />

‘‘<strong>Ga</strong>ma ba zaka bar raina ga lahira ba” Lahira mutuwa ce. Saboda haka<br />

kafin a kammala biyan bashin zunuban mu, dole ne Kristi ya tashi daga<br />

mattatu. Shi ya sa daga wancan lokacin Kristi zai zama za a kira shi Ɗan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> kamar yadda muka karanta a Romawa 1:4. lokacin da yayi kuka a<br />

kan giciye yace: “Ya Kare” wannan yana nufin an cika wannan hoto mai<br />

kusurwa uku, da ya bayyana azabar Kristi ya ƙare.<br />

Amma, kuma kafin yace ya ƙare, akwai wata gwadawa. Ita ce abin<br />

ban mamakin na sa’oin nan uku lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya juyawa Kristi baya.<br />

Sa’oin nan uku na baƙin duhu ya nuna mummunar azabar da Kristi ya<br />

jimre.<br />

Sai dai, <strong>Allah</strong> ya tanada wani hoto domin ya nuna a fili gaskiyar<br />

cewa ya mutu kuma an tashe shi daga matattu, hoto ne mai kusurwa<br />

biyu. Kashi na farko ya nuna kaburburan da aka bubbuɗe. Bayan tashin<br />

Yesu daga mattatu ranar lahadi da safe, jikuna da dama sun fito daga<br />

kabarbaru suka shiga birni mai-tsarki. (Matta 27:51-53) Wannan birnin<br />

mai- tsarki zai zama sama ne domin lokacin da labulen haikali ya tsage,<br />

lokacin da Kristi yake kan giciye haikalin ya daina kasancewa wuri maitsarki.<br />

Saboda haka Urushalima ta daina kasancewa birni mai-tsarki<br />

Sabuwar Urushalima ce birni mai-tsarki, ita ce birnin samaniya. Saboda<br />

haka jikunan nan da aka tada daga matattu alama ce ta fyaucewa. Amma<br />

kamar yadda <strong>Allah</strong> ya sha nanatawa a IKorintiyawa 15, da ba a tashi<br />

Kristi daga mattatu ba, da ba za a tashi kowa daga mattatu ba. Saboda<br />

haka tashin waɗannan jikuna daga matattu ranar lahadi da safe, ya nuna<br />

cewa babu shakka Kristi ya tashi daga mattatu.<br />

Amma akwai kuma wani ɓangaren hoton, da aka bayar domin a<br />

tabbatar da cewa babu shakka Kristi ya tashi daga mattatu. A cikin<br />

ruhunsa Kristi, ya tafi sama, jikinsa ba tare da ruhunsa ba aka sa a<br />

kabari. Yayin da yake cikin kabari, jikinsa bai ga ruɓa ba. Ba zai ga ruɓa<br />

ba domin idan ya ruɓe, zai nuna cewa aikin da Kristi yayi, domin biyan<br />

bashin zunuban zaɓɓaɓu tun kafin kafuwar duniya, bai ƙare gaba ɗaya<br />

ba. Saboda haka tashin Kristi daga mattatu zai zama misali kawai.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>skiyar ita ce, lokacin da aka sa jikinsa a cikin kabari, a cikin<br />

rayuwar ruhunsa, yana sama. Saboda haka a wannan hoton, <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

nuna misalin fyaucewa ta wurin tashin ainihin jikinsa daga kabari, da<br />

kuma ainihin jikunan da suka tashi wanda aka buɗe lokacin da labulen<br />

haikali ya tsage.<br />

Amma kafin mu bar wannan hoton na wahalar da kunya da<br />

la’anar masu laifi da Kristi ya sha, ya kamata mu dubi waɗansu<br />

ɓangarorin gwadawar.<br />

42


<strong>Ga</strong>fara Mai Ban Al’ajibi<br />

Idan za’a hukunta mai laifi sabili da laifinsa, za a iya zartar masa<br />

da hukuncin wulakanci na kisa. Babu wani begen yafe hukuncin kisa sai<br />

ko da cikakken umurnin shugaba. A ƙasashe da dama na duniya har da<br />

Amurka, mai mulki mafi girma yana da ikon gafartawa mai-laifin da aka<br />

zartarwa hukuncin kisa. Saboda haka, kafin aiwatar da hukumcin<br />

‘yan’uwan mai-laifin za su yi duk ƙoƙarinsu domin ya sami wannan<br />

gafaran don a ceto shi daga wannan mutuwar wulakanci da kunya da<br />

aka shirya dominsa. Babu shakka, wani lokaci akan yafewa mai laifi ana<br />

dab da lokacin da za’a aiwatar da hukuncin kisan.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya tanada irin wannan gafara ga duk waɗanda ya zo domin<br />

ya ceta. An bayyana wannan da yau a cikin littafin Ishaya 54:7-8 inda<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

Don lokaci ƙanƙani na yashe ki, amma da jinƙai mai-girma zan<br />

dawo da ke. A cikin hasala mai-zafi na ɓoye maki fuskata ɗan<br />

lokaci kaɗan amma da madauwamin alheri zan yi maki jinƙai in ji<br />

Ubangiji mai-fansar ki.<br />

Kuma a Ishaya 55:7-8<br />

Mai mugunta shi sake hanya tasa, mara adalci kuma shi bar<br />

tunaninsa, shi komo wurin Ubangiji shi kwa zaya ji ƙansa wurin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>nmu, gama zaya yi gafara a yalwace. <strong>Ga</strong>ma kamar yadda<br />

sammai suna nisa da duniya, haka nan kuma al’amura na sun fi<br />

naku tsawo, tunani na kuma ya fi naku, in ji Ubangiji.<br />

A daidai kusan ƙarshen zamani, ɗaya daga cikin ɓarayin da aka<br />

giciye su tare da Kristi, ya ji kalmar nan ta alheri daga leɓen Yesu “yau<br />

kana tare da ni a firadais” (Luka 23:43). Ina misalin al’ajibin! Wannan<br />

ranar da a wurinsa ta kasance ranar mutuwar ta ƙasƙanci na mai-laifin ta<br />

ƙarasa da shiga gida cikin daraja na Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong>. Wannan gafarar ce<br />

kowanne zaɓɓaɓe na <strong>Allah</strong> yake samu.<br />

43


Sura Ta Biyar<br />

Shirin Hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong><br />

Yanzu da shike jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong> ya sa muna iya ganewa a fili shirin<br />

hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong> da kuma tsarin tarihi, za mu yi ƙoƙari mu bayyana ta<br />

iyaka iyawa. Tilas ne mu tabbatar da cewa duk itifaƙin da zamu yi ya zo<br />

ne daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Suna kuma muwafaka da duk abin da ake<br />

koyarwa a Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

A cikin shekara ta 11,013 BC Yesu Kristi, a matsayinsa na Ɗan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya hallicci duniya, domin Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya gaya mana cewa Ɗan<br />

mahalicci ne, za mu iya sani cewa mutuwar Yesu a matsayin Ɗan Rago,<br />

tun daga kafuwar duniya ya faru ne kafin hallitta. Ya halicci iyayen mu na<br />

farko Adamu da Hauwa’u a cikin kamanin <strong>Allah</strong> da surarsa su yi mulkin<br />

halittu. Su cikakku ne ta kowane fanni. Su da zuriyar su a matsayin<br />

’ya’yan <strong>Allah</strong> kuma za su zauna tare da <strong>Allah</strong> har abada a cikin ɗaukaka<br />

mafi girma da farin ciki. An halicce su da jiki, da lumfashin rai, da kuma<br />

ruhu.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya fara basu dokokin da zasu yi rayuwa a cikin farin cikin<br />

mafi girma, ya kuma fara gwada amincin su ga <strong>Allah</strong>, doka ta fari da aka<br />

basu ita ce idan suka yiwa <strong>Allah</strong> rashin biyaya zasu mutu (Farawa 2:17).<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> mafi sanin abu duka ne, wanda ya san cikakken bayani<br />

game da dukan abu. <strong>Allah</strong> ya sani cewa ba da daɗewa ba, bayan halittar<br />

ɗan adam zai yi masa rashin biyayya saboda haka tun kafin lokacin <strong>Allah</strong><br />

yayi tanadi domin zuriyar ’yan adam da zasu fito daga iyayen mu na fari,<br />

Adamu da Hauwa’u, domin a cece su daga mutuwa hakkin zunubi, da<br />

dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ta tanada.<br />

A yayin gudanar da wannan shirin na ceto, za a ɗaukaka <strong>Allah</strong> da<br />

kansa yayin da za a bayyana a fili halayensa na <strong>Allah</strong>ntaka wanda basu<br />

misaltuwa. Za a bayyana su ba ga mutum kaɗai ba, amma ga dukan<br />

mulki da ikoki da ba mu san komai akai ba, amma suna nan da rai sabili<br />

da ƙoƙarin <strong>Allah</strong> duk zamanai (Afisawa 3:10-11). Mun karanta cikin<br />

IITassalonikawa 1:10 cewa:<br />

Sa’anda ya zo garin a ɗaukaka shi cikin tsarkakansa a yi al’ajibi<br />

da shi cikin dukan masu bada gaskiya cikin waccan rana (da shi<br />

ke aka gaskata shaidarmu gareku).<br />

Jim kaɗan bayan an halicce su cikkaku mutane, iyayen mu na<br />

farko, (wanda a tsasonsu dukan ’yan adam suka wanzu), suka yi wa <strong>Allah</strong><br />

rashin biyayya, saboda haka su da dukan ’yan adam, da zasu zo daga<br />

garesu, da ya kamata a yankewa hukuncin kisa nan take a matsayin<br />

biyan bashin zunubansu. Amma da yake <strong>Allah</strong> ya rigaya ya biya bashin<br />

zunuban da dama daga cikin zuriyar Adamu da Hauwa’u, mutuwa ta jiki<br />

ba zata faru nan take ba. Zasu kasance da rai har lokacin da suka haifi<br />

44


’ya’ya. Waɗannan ’ya’yan su ma zasu yi tsawon rai har su kai ga lokacin<br />

da zasu haifi ’ya’ya da sauransu. Har sai an haifi dukan waɗanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

zaɓa ya kuma ceto daga hukuncin mutuwa sakamakon zunubi. Da shike<br />

ba za a haifi da dama daga cikin waɗanda aka zaɓa domin a cece su<br />

daga zunubai ba sai kusan ƙarshen shekaru 13,000 bayan hallitta,<br />

duniya za ta ci gaba daga wancan lokacin.<br />

Saboda haka gaskiya ne cewa iyayenmu na farko, da kuma dukan<br />

bil’adama da suka fito daga jikunansu, sun mutu da shike ba mu da<br />

sauran rai a cikin Kristi wanda muke kira rai na ruhaniya. Kuma mun<br />

karɓi hukuncin mutuwa ta jiki lokacin da Adamu da Hauwa’u suka yi<br />

zunubi. Amma <strong>Allah</strong> ya tanada cewa mutane zasu kasance a raye suna<br />

da ruhu na wani lokaci daga lokacin ɗaukar ciki zuwa bayan shekaru 900<br />

na rayuwa ta jiki. Amma a cikin ruhaniya dukan su matattu ne. Rai cikin<br />

Kristi wanda ya zama rai na har abada yayin da aka ceci zaɓaɓɓen, baya<br />

cikin rayuwar waɗanda ba a cece su ba. Illar zunubi da ya shiga cikin<br />

’yan adam lokacin da Adamu da Hauwa’u suka yi zunubi ya bi kan duk<br />

zuriyarsu. Zunubi yana mulki a cikin jikinsu da kuma ruhaniya.<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya nace cewa ’yan adam sun mutu cikin<br />

zunubi. Shaidar wannan mutuwa ta ruhaniya shine babu mutumin da bai<br />

taɓa aikata zunubi ba sai Yesu kaɗai. (Romawa 5:12, II Korintiyawa 5:21,<br />

I Bitrus 2:22). Kowanne zunubi yana sa hukumcin mutuwa ta jiki da aka<br />

zartas a kan mai zunubi ya fita fili.<br />

Muna amfani da kalmomin nan “mutuwa ta ruhaniya” yayin da<br />

muke magana akan wanda basu da ceto; Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya ambace su<br />

da cewa sun “mutu cikin zunubi” (Afisawa 2:5, Kolosiyawa 2:13) An raba<br />

su da rai a cikin <strong>Allah</strong> ta jiki da kuma ruhaniya, wanda shine rai na<br />

ruhaniya da suke da shi daga farko kafin Adamu yayi zunubi. Ka iya<br />

tunawa duk ’yan adam daga tsatson Adamu suka fito, saboda haka<br />

lokacin da yayi zunubi, dukan mu muka yi zunubi (Korintiyawa I 15:22).<br />

Ko da shike an yanke su daga rai cikin <strong>Allah</strong>, zasu ci gaba da rayuwa ta<br />

jiki (rayuwa da sanin abinda ke faruwa kewaye da su), a cikin jiki da<br />

kuma ruhu. Rayuwa ta jiki ta kan zo ƙarshe lokacin da mutum ya mutu,<br />

kuma idan ba ya da ceto, cikin jiki da kuma ruhaniya, zai yi mutuwa ta<br />

har abada. Tilas ne a ba mutum sabon ruhu da sabon jiki kafin ya sami<br />

rai cikin Kristi ko rai na har abada.<br />

An bada wannan ran cikin Kristi ga kowane mutum da <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

zaɓa domin ya sami ceto. Ana ba da shi ga mutumin da aka zaɓa yayin<br />

da <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi amfani da Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> a rayuwar mutumin. A daidai<br />

lokacin za a maye tsohon jiki da ruhun mutumin da sabon rayayyen<br />

ruhu madauwami wanda ba zai so ya sake aikata zunubi ba (IYohanna<br />

3:9). Zai ci gaba da rayuwa a cikin mattacen jikinsa na ruhaniya amma<br />

yana da tabbacin cewa a lokacin fyaucewa, za a sake mattacen jikinsa na<br />

ruhaniya nan da nan zuwa rai na har abada a cikin jikin Kristi<br />

(Tassalonikawa I 4:13-17, Korintiyawa 15:51-52).<br />

45


Zaɓaɓɓen mutum wanda ya ɗanɗana ko kuma bai riga ya<br />

ɗanɗana albarkan tashin mattatu na ruhu ba, da waɗanda ba zaɓɓaɓu ba<br />

da suke da rai da kuma ruhu dake aiki, an koyar da su ta wurin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki abubuwa da yawa game da halin zunubin da suke cikin da<br />

kuma game da halayen <strong>Allah</strong> na ɗaukaka. Muna zaune a duniya mai kyau<br />

wadda take cike da tsirai da dabbobi da dai sauransu. waɗanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

halitta ya kuma nuna girman ikon halittarsa.<br />

Bugu da ƙari, ta wurin Littafi Mai-Tsarki <strong>Allah</strong> ya ba ’yan adam<br />

dukan cikakken bayanan shirin jinƙan sa na ceton waɗanda ya zaɓa<br />

zuwa ceto. Yanzu <strong>Allah</strong> yana nuna abubuwa filla filla wanda ya bayyana<br />

shirinsa shekarun ƙarshen da ranakun ƙarshe na tarihi, domin muna<br />

rayuwa ne dab da ƙarshen zamani. A cikin littafi “Mun kusa Kai <strong>Ga</strong><br />

Ƙarshe” mun tsara bisa ga Littafi Mai-Tsarki, daidai tsarin kowane abin<br />

da zai faru a ƙarshen zamani.<br />

Mun koyi cewa taron Ikklisiya ne wakilan mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> a cikin<br />

dukan duniya na tsawon shekaru 1, 955 (AD 33 zuwa 1988 AD) daga<br />

nan kuma ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 1988, <strong>Allah</strong> ya gama da shirin sa na<br />

ceto ya kuma fara shirya Ikklisiyai da duniya domin abubuwan da zasu<br />

faru a ƙarshen zamani.<br />

A wannan rana <strong>Allah</strong> ya sa shaiɗan a cikin dukan majami’u kuma<br />

ya yarda masa ya yi mulki a cikin majami’un dukan duniya. Har wa yau,<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya yadda da majami’u game da batun ceto. Ya fara ba waɗanda<br />

suka rage a cikin majami’u ɓatar basira domin su gaskanta ƙarya (II<br />

Tassalonikawa 2:11). Bugu da ƙari, an rufewa masu bi na gaskiya baki a<br />

cikin majami’u, da shike an kore su ko kuma sun yi biyayya da dokar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> da su fito daga cikin su.<br />

Waɗannan sune waɗansu daga cikin hanyoyin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya fara<br />

amfani da su a cikin majami’u yayin da yake shirya mutane a cikin<br />

majami’u domin su karɓi hukumcin <strong>Allah</strong>. Littafi Mai-Tsarki yayi gargaɗi<br />

a cikin IBitrus 4:17 cewa “za a fara shari’a ta kan jama’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.”<br />

Haka kuma, fara daga ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 1988 an ba<br />

shaiɗan ’yanci mai -yawa domin ya taimaka wa zunubi ya yawaita ba a<br />

majami’u ba kawai amma har da sauran duniya. Mun karanta a cikin<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 13:7 cewa:<br />

Aka yarda masa kuma shi yi yaƙi da tsarkaka, shi yi nasara da<br />

su, aka ba shi kuma hukunci bisa kowace kabila da al’umma da<br />

kowane harshe da iri.<br />

A gaskiya, ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 1988 shine mafarin wani abu<br />

mai muhimmancin da zai faru a ƙarshen zamani na tsowon shekaru 23<br />

cur, (kwanaki 8,400) , wanda zai kai ga ƙarshe ranar 21 ga watan Mayu,<br />

2011. Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya kira wannan kwanaki 8,400 lokacin “babban<br />

tsanani (Dubi shafi ....na wannan bincike).<br />

46


Waɗannan kwanaki 8,400 na babban tsanani wanda muke rayuwa a ciki,<br />

lokaci ne da <strong>Allah</strong> ya ke shirya majami’u a duk faɗin duniya da kuma<br />

duniya kanta domin ƙarshen zamani.<br />

Cikin kwanaki 2,300 na farko, (21 ga watan Mayu, 1988 zuwa<br />

Satumba 7, 1994), kusan babu wanda ya sami ceto. Amma da yake akwai<br />

zaɓaɓɓu da dama da <strong>Allah</strong> bai cecesu ba tukuna, ranar 7 ga watan<br />

Satumba, 1994, <strong>Allah</strong> ya fara wani babban shirin ceto inda zai ceci<br />

dukan zaɓaɓɓun ɗaya-ɗaya (Matta 24:22). An kawo wannan girbin masu<br />

bada gaskiyan ne gaba ɗaya daga wajen majami’u. Zai ci gaba na tsawon<br />

kwanaki 6,100 sauran kwanakin 8,400, na lokacin ƙunci, A cikin<br />

kwanakin nan 6,100 majami’u da duniya suna ƙara dulmaya cikin<br />

zunubi yayinda <strong>Allah</strong> ya ke ci gaba da shirya waɗanda ba zaɓaɓɓu ba<br />

zuwa ceto zuwa ƙarshen su.<br />

Sa’annan ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011 shirin ceton <strong>Allah</strong> ga<br />

duniya zai kawo ga ƙarshe ba shiri. Dukan waɗanda suka zama masu bi<br />

na gaskiya a cikin shekaru 13,000 da suka shige, da suka mutu za a tada<br />

jikunan su daga matattu a matsayin jikuna masu ɗaukaka na ruhaniya.<br />

Za a ɗauke su (fyaucewa) a gaban idon dukan waɗanda basu bada<br />

gaskiya ba kuma suna duniya a lokacin. Za a kuma canza dukan masu bi<br />

na gaskiya da suke da rai a lokacin a fyauce su zuwa sama su zauna<br />

tare da Kristi har abada abadin. Suma za a fyauce su a fuskar waɗanda<br />

ba su bada gaskiya ba. Haka kuma ƙasusuwa, ko kuma abinda ya rage a<br />

kabarbaru, ko cikin teku, ko ina da aka binne marasa ceto, zasu tashi (za<br />

a fid da su daga wuraren da aka binne su) za su kasance ko ina a cikin<br />

duniya suna shiri domin hallaka gaba ɗaya a ranar 21 ga watan Octoba,<br />

2011, lokacin da za a hallaka duniya baki ɗaya da wuta (|Dubi shafi na....<br />

zuwa... na wannan bincike). Banda haka kuma, hallaka gawarsu shine<br />

abin kunya na ƙarshe da zasu fuskanta a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> maɗaukaki da<br />

kuma ikoki na sama.<br />

Lamarin da duniya take ciki zai yi muni ainun fara daga ranar 21<br />

ga watan Mayu, 2011 ya kuma ci gaba na tsawon kwanaki 153. Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki yace za’a yi kuka da cizon haƙora (Matta 8:11-12; 13:42,<br />

Luka 13:28). Babu sauran wata damar ceto. Saboda haka babu jinƙai.<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya bayyana wannan lokacin filla filla (Kubawar Sharia<br />

28:16-68, Ruya ta Yohanna 9:1-2), da ya ke bayyana illar nukiliya ko<br />

kuma wani abu da ya yi daidai da abinda yake biyo bayan ɓarnar<br />

nukiliya. Ko da mene ne, za a ga mace mace ko’ina.<br />

Sa’annan rana ta ƙarshe ta duniya zata zo. Mun karanta a cikin<br />

IIBitrus 3:10...<br />

A cikinta fa sammai zasu shuɗe tare da ƙara mai girma da ƙuna<br />

mai zafi, duniya kwa da ayyukan da ke cikin ta zasu ƙone.<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya gaya mana cewa a ƙarshe za a jefa mutuwa<br />

da jahannama cikin ƙorama ta wuta (Ruya Ta Yohanna 20:14). Daɗin<br />

47


daɗawa, <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana yadda ƙarshen wannan duniya zai kasance, ya<br />

kuma nunawa ’yan adam game da madauwamiyar ɗaukakar da ta ke<br />

jiran waɗanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya ceta. A wannan lokacin kuma, ta wurin Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyayana ƙarshen mutuwa da zata afkowa kowane<br />

mutum da <strong>Allah</strong> bai yi shirin ceta ba daga mutuwar da dole zata sauko<br />

kan su domin zunubi<br />

Yayinda <strong>Allah</strong> yake koya mana a fili game da shirin ceto na <strong>Allah</strong>,<br />

mun koya daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki cewa za a iya raba mutanen duniya<br />

ƙungiya ƙungiya. Waɗannan ƙungiyoyin suna nan kamar haka:<br />

1. Waɗanda ba zaɓaɓɓu ba, wato, waɗanda ba a zaɓe su domin<br />

a cece su ba, ba kuma zasu taɓa samun ceto ba, suka mutu<br />

kafin ranar sharia.<br />

2. Waɗanda suke zaɓaɓɓu, waɗanda tilas <strong>Allah</strong> ya cece su<br />

domin an zaɓe su domin a cecesu, waɗanda suke da rai,<br />

amma har yanzu ba a cece su ba.<br />

3. Waɗanda zaɓaɓɓu ne, kuma suna da ceto kuma a yanzu<br />

haka suna da rai a duniya.<br />

4. Waɗanda ba zaɓaɓɓu ba, kuma ba su mutu ba.<br />

5. Waɗanda zaɓaɓɓu ne kuma sun mutu.<br />

Waɗanda Ba Zaɓaɓɓu Bane Waɗanda Suka Mutu Kafin Ranar Shari’a<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> bai zaɓi mutane masu ɗinbin yawa ba domin samun ceto,<br />

kafin kafawar duniya. <strong>Allah</strong> ne kaɗai ya san ko su wanene. Su ka yi<br />

rayuwa a duniyar nan na wani lokaci sa’annan suka mutu. Sun mutu ba<br />

tare da sanin cewa mutuwar su aiwatar da hukumcin kisan ne abin<br />

kunya a idon <strong>Allah</strong> da kuma mulki da ikoki ba. Duk lokacin da suka yi<br />

zunubi suna kunyatar da <strong>Allah</strong> suna kuma ƙara cusa kansu ƙarƙashin<br />

la’anar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Bugu da ƙari, lokacin da suka mutu, ya yiwu suna baƙin ciki cewa<br />

ba za su iya sake cin moriyar abubuwan jin daɗi na wannan duniya ba.<br />

Sai dai, idan suka mutu sakamakon wani haɗari ko kuma a cikin<br />

barcinsu, ba su ma ɗanɗana asararsu ba. Ba su san cewa mutuwarsu<br />

tana nufin cewa hakika bashi yiwuwa su taɓa samun gagarumin gadon<br />

da zai zama na su domin an haliccesu su zama ’ya’yan <strong>Allah</strong> ba. Da yake<br />

kowanne mutum yana cikin Adamu, iyayen mu na farko, lokacin da aka<br />

halicce shi, an halicce mu da ’yancin gadonsa na ɗan fari. Wannan<br />

’yancin haihuwar ya ƙunshi gadon rai madauwami. Amma yana da<br />

sharaɗi. Yana daidai da halin da Isuwa ya shiga. Da Isuwa bai yi zunubi<br />

ba ta wurin watsi da gadon haihuwarsa, wanda ya zama nasa kasancewa<br />

shine ɗan fari da aka haifa da ya ci gaba da zama nasa. Da Adamu da<br />

Hauwa’u ba su yi zunubi ba, da sun ci gaba da riƙe gadonsu na haihuwa<br />

har abada. Wato da ba za a taɓa fitar da su daga mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> ba. Kamar<br />

Isuwa waɗanda suka mutu ba tare da sun sami ceto ba, sun sayar da<br />

48


gadon haihuwarsu domin ƙwaryar abinci. Za mu iya duban ƙwaryar<br />

abincin nan a matsayin misalin tukwici na nan take da zunubi ke<br />

kawowa. Ya rigaya ya fara da zunubin Adamu.<br />

Saboda haka ko da shike waɗannan mutane sun mutu ba tare da<br />

sanin gagarumin bashin da suka biya sabili da zunubansu ba, bai sake<br />

gaskiyar cewa sun biya bashin ba. Wannan hukumcin shine asarar gadon<br />

haihuwarsu, wato mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>. Wannan ya nuna a fili girman jinƙan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Sai dai, ko da shike sun mutu, kuma ba zasu ƙara sanin abinda<br />

ke faruwa ba, <strong>Allah</strong> bai gama da su ba tukuna. Za a tashi Ƙasusuwansu,<br />

ko abinda ya rage na mattatun jikunansu daga wurin da aka binne su<br />

ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, ranar fyaucewa, wadda ta kasance ranar<br />

Shari’a ta farko. Za a watsa gawarsu kamar shara ko kuma taki a ƙasa,<br />

yadda za su kumyata ta wajen ƙazabta su da Angulaye, da karnuka, da<br />

tsutsa da sauransu zasu yi. Karon ƙarshe, za a kumyatar da su a idon<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> da mulki da kuma ikoki.<br />

Daga ƙarshe, a ranar 21 ga watan Oktoba, 2011, ranar Shari’a ta<br />

ƙarshe, za a ƙone jikunansu tare da ƙasa, da dukan duniya da wuta a<br />

hallaka su har abada.<br />

Zaɓaɓɓu Waɗanda Ba A Cece Su Ba Tukuna<br />

Akwai mutane da suke duniyar nan waɗanda aka zaɓa, amma har<br />

yanzu basu sami ceto ba. An biya bashin wannan ruƙunin mutanen<br />

domin su zaɓaɓɓu ne na <strong>Allah</strong>, Kristi shine kuma Ragon da aka yanka<br />

tun kafuwar duniya, an biya bashin zunuban wannan ruƙunin mutanen,<br />

tun kafin a haife su. Saboda haka <strong>Allah</strong> ba zai hallaka su ba. Har yanzu<br />

su mattatu ne cikin ruhaniya, amma a jiki suna da rai da ruhu dake aiki,<br />

kamar yanayin da waɗanda ba zaɓaɓɓu na <strong>Allah</strong> ba suke ciki waɗanda<br />

kuma daga ƙarshe za’a hallakasu har abada.<br />

Amma da yake an rufe zunuban dukan zaɓɓaɓu ta wurin<br />

mutuwar Yesu, dole ne <strong>Allah</strong> ya cece su (dole ya gafarta masu), kafin su<br />

mutu cikin jiki ko kuma kafin ranar fyaucewa da zata auku ranar 21 ga<br />

watan Mayu, 2011. A daidai lokacin da suka sami ceto zasu shiga<br />

ruƙunin mutanen da aka ceta, waɗanda za a fyauce zuwa wurin <strong>Allah</strong> a<br />

ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011.<br />

Waɗanda Aka Ceta Kuma Yanzu Haka Suna Nan Zaune A Wannan<br />

Duniyar<br />

Wannan ruƙunin mutane ya ci gaba da girma domin <strong>Allah</strong> yana<br />

ceton ɗumbin mutane da ba wanda zai iya ƙirgawa. An rigaya an ba su<br />

sabon ruhu rayayye, madauwami. Idan suka mutu kafin 21 ga Mayu,<br />

2011, a cikin madauwamin ransu rayayye, nan take kuma za su yi mulki<br />

a sama tare da Kristi. Ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, mattatun<br />

49


jikunansu zasu fito daga kaburbura a matsayin madauwamin jiki na<br />

ruhaniya, za a kuma fyauce jikunansu su kasance tare da Kristi. Saboda<br />

haka duk zasu zauna cikkakun mutane cikin jiki da ruhu da zai rayu ya<br />

kuma yi mulki tare da Kristi har abada.<br />

Idan har yanzu suna da rai a ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, nan<br />

take za a basu sabon jiki madauwami mai rai. Za a kuma fyauce su su<br />

zauna tare da Kristi har abada.<br />

Waɗanda Ba Zaɓaɓɓu Ba Da Suke Da Rai Har Ranar 21 <strong>Ga</strong> Mayu, 2011<br />

Wannan ruƙunin mutanen da ke da yawan gaske, yaji gargaɗi<br />

cewa ƙarshen duniya ya kusa. Amma ba su maida hankali a kai ba. Basu<br />

maida hankali a kai ba domin basu gaskanta cewa Littafi Mai-Tsarki<br />

Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> ba ne. Ko kuma basu kasa kunne a kan gargaɗin ba<br />

domin sun amince da koyaswar Ikklisiyarsu cewa Kristi zai zo kamar<br />

ɓarawo da dare, saboda haka ba su bukatar kula da koyarwar da suka<br />

hakikanta cewa karkatacciyar koyarwa ce game da dawowar Kristi. Ko<br />

kuma sabili da ƙaunar wannan duniya da suke yi, ba su maida hankali ga<br />

gargaɗin ba domin basu son duniyar su ta ƙare.<br />

Fiye da shekaru 1,900, Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya koya cewa Kristi zai<br />

zo kamar ɓarawo da dare, kuma bai zo ba. Saboda haka mutane da yawa<br />

suna tunani cewa ba zai zo ya kawo ƙarshen duniyan nan ba, nan da<br />

shekaru 100 ko fi. Saboda haka zasu iya tabbacin cewa za su ci gaba da<br />

jin daɗin wannan duniya duk tsawon rayuwarsu. Amma idan aka bada<br />

ainihin ranar, ranar da ta rage ’yan shekaru kaɗan kawai nan gaba,<br />

wannan ba abu mai karɓuwa ba ne gare su. Saboda haka ba su son su ji<br />

bayanin da muka samu daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

A matsayin ƙarin hukucin ga mutanen da suka ji gargaɗin amma<br />

suka ƙi biyayya da shi, wannan ruƙunin mutanen, zasu shiga da ransu<br />

watannin nan biyar matsananta da ake kira ranar sharia da zata fara da<br />

fyaucewar masu bi na gaskiya a ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011.<br />

Za su ga ana fyauce mutane yayin da aka bar su a baya. Za su yi kuka da<br />

cizon haƙoransu ga <strong>Allah</strong> a cikin fushi. Daɗin daɗawa, zasu sha azaba<br />

mai-tsanani na tsawon watanni biyar, sabili da annobar da zata fara da<br />

babbar girgizan ƙasa a rana ta farko. Idan suka mutu a cikin watannin<br />

nan biyar, ya yiwu kuma da dama su mutu, jikunansu zasu bazu a ko’ina<br />

a ƙasa. Daga ƙarshe, ranar 21 ga watan Octoba, 2011, za a ƙona dukan<br />

duniya har da ƙasa da dukan ayyukan da ke cikinta, ba zasu sake rayuwa<br />

ba.<br />

Tashin Matattun Da Ba Su Da Ceto<br />

Mun koyi cewa idan wanda ba zaɓaɓɓe ba ya mutu, ya mutu cikin<br />

jiki da kuma ruhu. Kuma ba zai sake rayuwa ba. Babu wani wuri a cikin<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki da aka bayyana cewa marasa ceto da suka mutu za su<br />

50


sake rayuwa. Amma akwai ayoyi kima da suka nuna cewa za su sake<br />

rayuwa domin su ƙara ɗanɗana fushin <strong>Allah</strong>. Mu dubi waɗannan ayoyin a<br />

hankali, za mu koyi cewa waɗannan ayoyi sun nuna mana yadda kunyar<br />

da take kan waɗanda basu da ceto zata ci gaba har zuwa rana ta ƙarshe<br />

na wannan duniyar. Mu karanta a cikin Ayyukan Manzanni 24:15 cewa:<br />

Ina da bege ga <strong>Allah</strong>, abin da waɗannan da kansu kuma suna<br />

sauraronsa, za a yi tashin mattatu na masu adalci da na marasa<br />

adalci.<br />

Mun kuma karanta a cikin Yohanna 5:28-29 cewa:<br />

Kada ku yi mamakin wannan; gama sa’a tana zuwa, inda dukan<br />

waɗanda suna cikin kaburbura za su ji muryatasa, su fito kuma;<br />

waɗanda sun yi nagarta, su fito zuwa tashi na rai, waɗanda sun<br />

yi mugunta zuwa tashi na shari’a.<br />

A Daniel 12:2 <strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

Da yawa kuwa daga cikin waɗanda suke barci cikin turɓayar ƙasa<br />

zasu falka, waɗansu zuwa rai, na har abada waɗansu kuma zuwa<br />

kunya da reni marar matuƙa.<br />

Waɗannan ayoyin suna magana akan mutanen da suka mutu<br />

waɗanda zasu falka, suna jin muryar <strong>Allah</strong>. Ta yaya wannan zata yiwu?<br />

Idan ba a fara rayar da ba ba yadda zai iya jin muryar <strong>Allah</strong>?<br />

Za a iya samun amsar a cikin Ezekiel 37, inda misalan biyu da<br />

harshen da aka saba magana da shi a duniya, <strong>Allah</strong> yayi Magana game<br />

da wannan tambaya. A cikin aya 4 da 5 <strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

Ya sake ce mani, kayi annabci a bisa waɗannan ƙasusuwa, ka ce<br />

masu, ya ku ƙasusuwa busassu, ku ji maganar Ubangiji haka nan<br />

Ubangiji Yahweh ya ce ga shi zan sa numfashi a cikinku za ku<br />

rayu.<br />

A waɗannan ayoyi <strong>Allah</strong> yana cewa kafin numfashin rai ya shiga<br />

cikin waɗannan busassun ƙassusuwan zasu iya jin Maganar Ubangiji. A<br />

cikin ruhaniya, <strong>Allah</strong> yana cewa waɗannan da ya yi shirin ceto suna kama<br />

da busassun ƙasusuwa da basu da rai. Sun mutu cikin ruhaniya ko da<br />

shike suna raye cikin jiki. Amma <strong>Allah</strong> zai iya ba waɗannan mutanen da<br />

ke mattatu ga ruhu kunnuwan ji na ruhaniya, abinda kuma yake yi yayin<br />

da ya tashe su daga matattu cikin ruhaniya zuwa rai na har abada.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> kuma ya yi magana filla filla cikin kalaman duniya inda ya<br />

ƙara cewa a cikin Ezekiel 3:12-13:<br />

51


Ka yi annabci fa, kace masu ga shi, zan buɗe kabarbarunku, ya<br />

mutane inji Ubangiji Yahweh, zan kuma kawo ku cikin ƙasar<br />

Isra’ila. Za ku sakankance kwa ni ne Ubangiji sa’anda na buɗe<br />

kabarbarunku na tsamo ku kuma daga kabarbarunku, ya<br />

mutane na.<br />

Za a iya fahimtar waɗannan ayoyin ta fannin ruhaniya, amma<br />

kuma suna koya mana a zahirin gaskiyar duniya. A lokacin fyaucewa,<br />

jikunan zaɓaɓɓu zasu ji muryarsa, su kuma fito. Za a ba jikunansu rai na<br />

har abada domin za a tada su da jiki na ruhaniya madawwami<br />

(IKorintiyawa 15:44).<br />

Amma ko da shike ɗaiɗaikun jikunan zaɓaɓɓun suna Maganar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> kafin a basu numfashi (Ezekiel 37:4-5), ƙasusuwa ko kuma gangan<br />

jikin waɗanda basu da ceto, yayin da suke a mace. Za su iya jin Maganar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>. Abin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya faɗa a cikin Ezekiel 37, shine zai iya umurtar<br />

komi ya yi biyayya da nufinsa yadda ya ga dama. Ka tuna misali Markus<br />

4:39 da 41 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Ya farkar ya tsauta ma, iska ya ce ma teku, ka natsu, kayi shiru,<br />

iska ta kwanta, babbar natsuwa ta samu,... suka ji tsoro ƙwarai,<br />

suka ce ma junansu, wanene wannan fa wanda har iska da teku<br />

suna biyayya da shi?<br />

In har iska da raƙuman ruwa zasu yi biyayya da umurnin Yesu,<br />

dole ne su kasance a falke domin su ji muryar sa. Haka nan za a tada<br />

mattatun ƙasusuwan da jikunan waɗanda basu da ceto, su ji muryar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ba tare da suna raye zahiri ba. Abin da zai faru ke nan lokacin da<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> zai fitar da jikunan waɗanda suka mutu ba tare da sun sami ceto<br />

ba, daga kabari a lokacin da ranar shari’a ta fara.<br />

Ya kamata su san yadda <strong>Allah</strong> ya rubuta waɗannan ayoyin guda<br />

uku a hankali waɗanda suka yi magana game da tashin mattatu. A<br />

Ayyukan mazanni 24:15 <strong>Allah</strong> ya ce akwai tashin mattatu na marasa<br />

adalci. Sai ka ce tashin mattatu na marasa ceto yana kama da tashin<br />

mattatu na masu bada gaskiya, sai dai a cikin Yohanna 5:29, <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

bayyana cewa za a tashi marasa ceto zuwa hallaka. kalmar nan “Hallaka”<br />

tana nuna wani ɓangare na hukucin da marasa ceto suke sha sabili da<br />

zunubansu. Wanne fannin hukuncin ne <strong>Allah</strong> yake magana a kai?<br />

Aya ta uku, Daniel 12:2, ta nuna mana abin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya ke da shi<br />

a zuciya. Tashin mattatu ne zuwa kunya. Wannan zai faru ne lokacin da<br />

aka tada jikunan su da ƙasussuwan su daga kabarbaru aka sake jefad da<br />

su ko ina a ƙasa, domin a kunyatar da su a idon waɗanda suke raye a<br />

farkon ranar shari’a, da kuma gaban <strong>Allah</strong> da gaban ikokin a sammai.<br />

An bayyana wannan abin baƙin ciki a cikin Irmiya 7:33 zuwa 8:21 inda<br />

muka karanta cewa:<br />

52


“<strong>Ga</strong>wayen mutanen nan za su zama naman tsuntsayen sama, da<br />

bisashen ƙasa, ba kuwa wanda za ya kore su ba. Sa’annan zan sa<br />

muryar wasa da dariya, da muryar farin ciki da muryar ango da<br />

muryar amarya, kuma su ƙare a biranen Yahuda da hanyoyin<br />

Urushalima kuma gama ƙasar za ta zama kango. A loton nan, in<br />

ji Ubangiji za su ɗauko ƙasusuwan sarakunan Yahuda da na<br />

hakimai da na firistoci da na annabawa da na manzannin<br />

Urushalima daga cikin kabarburan su za a shinfiɗe su a rana da<br />

farin wata, da dukan rundunar sama waɗanda suka ƙamnace su,<br />

suka bauta masu kuma suka bi su, suka biɗe su, suka yi masu<br />

sujada kuma: ba za a tattara su ba, ba kuwa za a bizne su ba, za<br />

su zama taki a bisa fuskar ƙasa.<br />

A Nahum 3:5-6 <strong>Allah</strong> yace:<br />

“<strong>Ga</strong> shi ina gaba da ke inji Ubangiji mai runduna, zan kuwa buɗe<br />

asirinki a gaban fuskar ki; zan nuna ma al’ummai tsiraicin ki<br />

kunyarki, kuma zan bayyana ga mulkoki. Zan zuba maki ƙazanta<br />

mai ban ƙyama in maishe ki abu mummuna, in kafa ki abin kallo.<br />

Masu Bi Suna Shari’anta Marasa Ceto<br />

A farkon ranar sharia, 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, lokacin da za a<br />

ga ana fyauce jikunan mattatu na Nineba a sararin sama (fyaucewa) zuwa<br />

cikin gajimarai domin su kasance tare da Kristi, zai kasance shari’a da<br />

hukumci ga waɗanda aka bari a baya. Mutanen Nineba sun gane da<br />

muguntarsu, suka ƙasƙantar da kansu suka tuba, suka ta da muryar su<br />

ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin yayi masu jinƙai, suna begen cewa wata kila <strong>Allah</strong> ba zai<br />

hallaka su ba. Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya shaida mana cewa <strong>Allah</strong> a cikin<br />

jinƙansa, ya cece su.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>skiyar cewa sababbin jikunan mutanen Nineba da aka fyauce,<br />

ya jaddada zunuban waɗanda aka bari a baya. Wannan kashewar zata<br />

faru ga waɗanda suka gaskanta an cece su, amma madogarar su tana<br />

kan Ikklisiyarsu ko baftismar su, da dai sauransu. Ta haka zasu karɓi<br />

hukunci mai tsanani fiye da waɗanda basu san Littafi Mai-Tsarki ba.<br />

Fyaucewar mutanen Nineba wanda zai nuna a fili cewa an cece su,<br />

babbar shaida ce cewa waɗanda aka bari a baya basu da ceto kuma babu<br />

shakka, zasu kasance ƙarƙashin fushin <strong>Allah</strong>. Wannan ya bayyana ayoyi<br />

kamar waɗannan:.<br />

Matta 12:41 Nawiyawa zasu tashi tsaye a ranar shari’a tare da<br />

wannan tsarai, za su kuwa kashe ta: gama su suka tuba da<br />

wa’azin Yunana ga kuwa wanda ya fi Yunana girma a nan.<br />

53


Ruya ta Yohanna 2:26: Wanda ya yi nasara kuma, wanda ya<br />

kiyaye ayyuka na har matuƙa, a gare shi zani bada iko bisa<br />

al’ummai.<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 3:9: <strong>Ga</strong> shi na bayas daga cikin majami’ar<br />

shaitan, waɗanda suke ce da kansu Yahudawa, ba kuwa haka<br />

suke ba, amma suna ƙarya; ga shi zan sa su su zo su yi sujada a<br />

gaban sawayenka, su sani kuma na ƙamnace ka.<br />

Korintiyawa I 6:2-3: Ko kuwa ba ku sani ba tsarkaka za su yi ma<br />

duniya sharia? Idan fa kuke yi ma duniya shari’a ba ku isa ku<br />

shari’anta ƙanƙananan al’amura ba? Ba ku sani ba mu za mu yi<br />

ma mala’iku shari’a, balle fa al’amuran wannan zamani.<br />

An sake mana tuni a IBitrus 2:12 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Kuna al’amura na dacewa (hali) wurin al’ummai, domin yayin da<br />

suke kushe ku kamar ma’aikatan mugunta, ta wurin nagargarun<br />

ayyukan da suke dubawa su ɗaukaka <strong>Allah</strong> cikin ranar ziyara.<br />

A cikin wannan bayanin, maganar nan ‘‘ɗaukaka <strong>Allah</strong> cikin ranar<br />

ziyara’’ ya shafi waɗanda za a hukunta sabili da zunubansu, kamar<br />

yadda aka gaya wa Acan ya ɗaukaka <strong>Allah</strong>, yayinda ake shirin kashe shi<br />

domin zunubansa (Joshua 7:18-26).<br />

Ta haka zamu fahimci cewa lokaci da waɗanda basu da ceto<br />

suka gane cewa gaskiya ne mutum ya sami ceto, (kamar yadda<br />

fyaucewar mutumin ta nuna) zai kawo shari’a da hukucin akan waɗanda<br />

suke zaton cewa suna da ceto, amma yanzu suka sani cewa ba su da<br />

ceto domin an barsu a baya a lokacin fyaucewa. Masu bi na gaskiya da<br />

aka fyauce sun hukunta su.<br />

Abinda zai faru ke nan a duk faɗin duniya ranar 21 ga watan<br />

Mayu, 2011, lokacin da za a fyauce jikunan waɗanda suka mutu, tare da<br />

duka masu bi na gaskiya da suke raye, su kasance tare da Kristi. Wannan<br />

zata zama babban hukunci a kan duniya musamman a kan waɗanda<br />

suke cikin majami’u a duk faɗin duniya, waɗanda kabilun nan 12 na<br />

Isra’ila suka wakilta a zamanin Ikklisiya. (Ruya ta Yohanna 7:4-8, Matta<br />

19:28). Zai zama shaida cewa dukan waɗanda aka bari a baya suna<br />

ƙalƙashin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Cikar (lamba 12) na dukan masu bi waɗanda suke mulki tare da<br />

Kristi, zasu yi wa duniya da kuma Ikkilisiya sharia (kabilu 12, dubi Matta<br />

19:28) da shike suna tare da Kristi har abada, kuma an hallaka duniya da<br />

majami’u cikin ƙorama ta wuta har abada.<br />

Yaƙin Armagaddon<br />

54


Yaƙin Armagaddon da aka yi Magana a kai cikin Ruya ta Yohanna<br />

shine yanzu muke bayani a kai. Mayaƙan masu bi na gaskiya da ke<br />

zaune lafiya a lokacin tare da Kristi, ba ya shiga yaƙi na zahiri da<br />

waɗanda basu da ceto. Sai dai za a ga gagarumar shaidar nan cewa<br />

hakika sun sami ceto, a dukan duniya lokacin fyaucewa. Wannan zai<br />

zama babbar shari’a, da hukunci a kan mayaƙan waɗanda ba su da ceto<br />

da aka bari a baya a lokacin fyaucewa.<br />

Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> kanta tana kawo hukunci a kan mai zunubi saboda<br />

haka, kuma shaidar ceto a rayuwar waɗanda aka fyauce shine hukunci a<br />

kan waɗanda basu da ceto. Mun karanta a cikin Ibraniyawa 11:7 cewa:.<br />

Ta wurin bangaskiya Nuhu da aka faɗakad da shi a kan al’amuran<br />

da ba a gani ba tukuna, domin tsoro mai ibada sai ya shirya jirgi<br />

domin ceton gidansa ta wurin wannan fa ya kada duniya, ya<br />

zama magajin adalci wanda ke bisa ga bangaskiya.<br />

Da shike jirgin ya kare Nuhu daga hallaka lokacin da ruwan<br />

Ɗufana ya sauko hukunci ne akan marasa ceto waɗanda suka hallaka a<br />

cikin ruwa kamar yadda Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> da kanta ta kawo hukunci a kan<br />

waɗanda suka saɓa mata.<br />

Ta yaya mayaƙan marasa ceto zasu yi yaƙin Armageddon? <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya ce a Joel 3:9-16:<br />

Ku yi shelar wannan a wurin al’ummai ku yi shirin yaƙi ku kutta<br />

jarumawa bari dukan mayaƙa su guso, su hau; ku bubbuga<br />

garmunan ku a yi takubba da su lauzunan ku kuma ku yi masu<br />

da su; bari rarrauna shi ce, ina da ƙarfi. Ku gaggauta, ku zo<br />

dukan ku, al’ummai na kewaye ku tattaru; ya Ubangiji, ka sa<br />

ƙarfafan ka su zo wurin. Bari al’umma su tashi tsaye, su hau<br />

wurin kwarin Jehoshaphat gama can zan zamna garin yin shari’a<br />

bisa dukan al’ummai na kewaye. Ku sa lauje, gama amfanin kaka<br />

ya nuna ku zo ku taka, gama wurin matsewar ruwan anab ya<br />

cika, randuna suna zuba gama muguntar su, tana da girma.<br />

Babban taro, taron mai yawa cikin kwarin yankan shari’a gama<br />

ranar Ubangiji ta kusa cikin kwari na yankan sharia. Rana da<br />

wata sun dufunta, tamrari suna jan haskensu. Ubangiji za ya yi<br />

ruri daga sihiyona, ya furtad da muryar sa daga sihiyona, ya<br />

furtad da muryar sa daga Urushalima, Sammai da duniya zasu yi<br />

rawa; amma Ubangiji za ya zama mataka ga mutanensa,<br />

ƙaƙƙarfan wuri kuma ga yaƙin Isra’ila.<br />

Kamar budurwai goma da aka yi maganarsu a Matta 25, waɗanda<br />

suka falka lokacin da Angon (Kristi) ya zo, haka kuma a farkon ranar<br />

shari’a, marasa ceto za su yi shiri su yi yaƙi da masu ceto. Yaƙinsu na<br />

55


abban takaici ne matsanancin fushi yayin da suke yi wa <strong>Allah</strong> kuka da<br />

cizon haƙoran su ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin barin su a baya.<br />

Matta 7:22-23: A cikin wannan rana mutane da yawa za su ce<br />

mani, Ubangiji, Ubangiji ba mu yi annabci da sunanka ba, da<br />

sunanka kuma muna fitar da aljanu, da sunanka kuma muka yi<br />

ayyuka da yawa masu iko sa’annan za su furta masu, ban taɓa<br />

saninku ba daɗai, rabu da ni ku masu aikata mugunta.<br />

Matta 8:11-12: kuma ina ce maku, mutane da yawa daga gabas<br />

da yamma zasu zo, su zamna tare da Ibrahim, da Ishaku da<br />

Yakub, cikin mulkin sammai amma za a fitar da ’ya’yan mulki<br />

cikin baƙin duhu, can za a yi kuka da tamnar haƙora.<br />

Matta 13:49-50: Hakanan kuma za ya zama cikin matuƙar<br />

zamani malai’ku za su fito, su rarraba miyagu daga cikin masu<br />

adalci, su jefa su cikin ɓuyar wuta, can za a yi kuka da cizon<br />

haƙora.<br />

Luka 13:26-28: Sa’annan za ku yi ta cewa, muka ci muka sha<br />

wurinku, har ka yi koyaswa a cikin hanyoyinmu, shi ma za ya ce<br />

ina faɗa maku dani ban san inda kuka fito ba, ku rabu da ni<br />

dukan ku da ku ke masu aikata mugunta. Can za’a yi kuka da<br />

cizon haƙora, lokacin da kun ga Ibrahim da Ishaku da Yakub da<br />

dukan annabawa cikin mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> ku da kanku kuwa na fitar da<br />

ku waje.<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 16:10-11: Na biyar kuma ya zubas da nasa<br />

kasko bisa kursiyin bisani, mulkinsa kuwa ya duhunta, suka cije<br />

harsunansu domin azaba. Kuma suka saɓa <strong>Allah</strong> na sama<br />

saboda azabarsu da gyambunansu, ba su kwa tuba da ayyukansu<br />

ba.<br />

A ruya ta Yohanna 17:14 <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi Magana game da wannan<br />

yaƙi, muka kuma karanta cewa:<br />

Waɗannan kuma za su yi gaba da Ɗan Rago, Dan Rago kuma za<br />

ya ci su gama shine Ubangijin iyayengiji, da Sarkin Sarakuna, su<br />

kuma waɗanda ke tare da shi kirayayyu, zaɓaɓɓu, masu aminci<br />

za su yi nasara.<br />

An yi bayanin ƙarshen yaƙi, alal misali cikin Ruya ta Yohanna<br />

19:19-21<br />

56


Na ga bisan kuma da sarakuna na duniya, da rundunan yaƙinsu,<br />

a tattare domin su yi yaƙi da wanda yake zamne bisa dokin, da<br />

rundunansa kuma, aka kama bisan, tare da shi kuma mai ƙaryan<br />

annabci, wanda ya kan aikata alamu a gabansa, irin da ya kan<br />

ruɗe masu karɓan shaidar bisan da waɗanda ke sujada ga<br />

gunkinsa aka jefa su biyu da rai cikin ƙorama ta wuta mai-ci da<br />

kibiritu aka kashe sauran da takobi na wanda ya ke fitowa daga<br />

bakinsa ke nan. Dukan tsuntsaye fa suka ƙoshi da namansu.<br />

Mun koya da cewa ƙarshen yaƙin zai zama lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> zai<br />

hallaka dukan duniya.<br />

Takaitawa<br />

Yanzu za mu takaita abinda muka koya game da shirin shari’a na <strong>Allah</strong><br />

da yadda yake da dangataka da abubuwan da zasu faru na ƙarshen<br />

zamani na wannan duniyar<br />

1. Ra’ayin nan irin na al’ada da ke koyar da cewa ko wani marar<br />

ceto zai tsaya a zahiri gaban Kristi a matsayin mai-shari’a, a<br />

zartar da cewa shi mai laifi ne, a kuma yanke mashi<br />

hukumcin shan baƙar azaba har abada a wani wurin da ake<br />

kira jahanama, yana da rauni.<br />

2. Zamanin Ikklisiya ya ƙare ranar 21 ga Mayu,1988. Lokaci na<br />

gaba wanda yake kwanaki 8,400 daidai zai ƙare ranar 21 ga<br />

Mayu, 2011. Ana kiransa lokacin tsanani.<br />

3. An raba wannan lokaci na babban tsanani kashi biyu. Kashi<br />

na farko ya fara ne daga 21 ga Mayu, 1988 zuwa 7 ga<br />

Satumba, 1994. A wannan lokaci kusan babu wanda ya sami<br />

ceto a duniya. Kashi na biyu kwanaki 6,100 ne kuma zai fara<br />

daga 7 ga Satumba, 1994 zuwa 21 Mayu, 2011. A wannan<br />

lokacin babu wanda zai sami ceto a cikin majami’u amma a<br />

waje, ɗumbin jama’a mai girma suna samun ceto. Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki ya jaddada cewa akwai da yawa da zasu sami ceto,<br />

waɗanda suke da alaƙa da Isma’il, ɗan Ibrahim. Bugu da ƙari,<br />

ya jadada cewa da dama daga cikin waɗanda daga ƙarshe ne<br />

suka sami fahimtar Littafi Mai-Tsarki, za su riƙa zuwa cikin<br />

mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

4. Duk kwanaki 8,400 na wannan lokaci na babban tsanani,<br />

lokaci ne da <strong>Allah</strong> zai raba masu bi na gaskiya (zaɓaɓaɓu)<br />

daga waɗanda suke cewa su masu bi ne, amma ba haka ba.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> yana rarrabewa ne ta wurin shirya waɗansu gwaje<br />

gwaje, kamar yadda suke a cikin wannan tsarin.<br />

a) Kowacce kalma daga ƙarshen da aka rubuta Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki daga bakin <strong>Allah</strong> ne.<br />

57


) Kowacce kalma a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> ce,<br />

kuma yana da iko daidai da <strong>Allah</strong> kansa.<br />

c) Ba da gaskiya aiki ne da muke yi, saboda haka ba wanda<br />

zai bada gaskiya ta wannan hanya da cewa zai sami ceto.<br />

Kristi ya kammala dukan aikin da mutum yake bukata<br />

domin ya sami ceto da daɗewa kafin a haifi mutumin..<br />

d) Ko da shike an kai kimanin shekaru 1,900 da rubuta<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki, gama shi ba a ƙara waɗansu kalmomi a<br />

kai. Ruhu Mai-Tsarki yana ƙara bayyana waɗansu<br />

sababbin gaskiya masu girma a zamaninmu da muke<br />

kusa da ƙarshen zamani.<br />

e) Zamanin Ikklisiya ya shuɗe, <strong>Allah</strong> kuma ya umurci mutane<br />

su bar majami’u. Shaiɗan yana mulki a can, kuma <strong>Allah</strong><br />

baya ceton mutane a cikin majami’u.<br />

F) Yanzu Kristi ya bayyana cewa zai zo kamar ɓarawo da<br />

dare.<br />

g) <strong>Allah</strong> ya ba masu bi na gaskiya ainihin rana, da wata da<br />

shekara da zai dawo domin faɗakar da duniya.<br />

h) <strong>Allah</strong> ya ba masu bi na gaskiya sababbin bayanai daga<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki game da shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

i) <strong>Allah</strong> yana ba duniya baki ɗaya ainihin lokacin ƙarshen<br />

duniya domin su sami damar tuba su yi kuka ga <strong>Allah</strong><br />

domin neman jinƙai kamar yadda mutanen Nineveh suka<br />

yi lokacin da Yunana ya faɗakar da su game da hukunci<br />

mai zuwa. Waɗanda suke masu bi na gaskiya suna<br />

damuwa da abin da Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya ke koyarwa. Suna<br />

kuma ɗaukar shi a matsayin iyakacin ikon su. Za su duba<br />

waɗannan koyaswar a hankali su kuma gaskanta da su.<br />

Waɗanda kuma suka dogara ga majami’un su ko kuma<br />

shaidar bangaskiyar majami’unsu, ko kuma tunanin<br />

kansu, waɗannan koyaswar babban gwaji ne. Waɗanda<br />

ba zaɓaɓɓu bane zuwa ga ceto za su sami babbar matsala<br />

da su.<br />

5. Babban tsananin zai kawo ga ƙarshe ranar 21 ga watan<br />

Mayu, 2011 wanda kuma shine ranar da hukuncin da ake<br />

kira “Ranar Ubangiji” zai faru. Ranar Hukunci zata ci gaba na<br />

tsawon kwanaki 153, har zuwa 21 ga watan Octoba, 2011<br />

lokacin da duniya zata ƙare.<br />

6. Shirin ceto na <strong>Allah</strong> zai kawo ga ƙarshe ranar 21 ga watan<br />

Mayu, 2011. A wannan ranar ne ɗauka zuwa sama<br />

(fyaucewa) na dukan zaɓaɓɓu (cetattu na gaskiya) zata faru.<br />

Za a tada jikunan waɗanda aka ceta zuwa jiki na ruhaniya<br />

mai daraja. Nan da nan masu bi kuma da suke da rai a ranar<br />

za su karɓi sabon jikin na ruhaniya, nan take, za a kuma<br />

fyauce su zuwa sama su zauna tare da Kristi har abada.<br />

58


7. Kusan mutane biliyan bakwai ne zasu kasance a duniya a<br />

lokacin zasu kuma shaida fyaucewar masu bi na gaskiya. Za<br />

a raba waɗanda aka bari a baya ruƙuni biyu. Kimanin kashi<br />

ɗaya bisa ukunsu ko kuma biliyan biyu daga cikinsu, zasu<br />

kasance ’yan Ikkilisiya ne. Suna da ɗan sanin gaskiyar Littafi<br />

Mai-Tsarki sun gaskanta cewa su masu bi ne. Sauran kashin<br />

zai ƙunshi sauran mutanen duniya da aka bari a baya.<br />

8. Bayan wannan ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011 ranar nan maiban<br />

tsoro, ranakun da zasu biyo baya zasu kasance ne kamar<br />

sauran ranaku a duk faɗin duniya za a ci gaba da harkokin<br />

yau da kullum kamar yadda aka saba.<br />

9. Sai dai a wannan ranar, za a yi babbar girgizar ƙasa yadda a<br />

duk faɗin duniya, kabarbura da dukan maƙabartu zasu<br />

buɗe. Jikunan mutanen da aka binne a wurin kuma za su<br />

warwatsu a ƙasa. (sai dai jikuna masu bi na gaskiya domin,<br />

za a sake jikunansu zuwa jiki mai daraja da za a fyauce).<br />

10. Wannan girgizar ƙasar zata yi ɓarnar gaske a dukan duniya<br />

wanda zai haddasa mahaukaciyar guguwa mai tafe da ruwa<br />

ta tsunami, da zai lalata hanyoyin ruwa da na makamashi da<br />

sauransu. Don haka za a yi alobai masu tsanani.<br />

11. Wannan lokacin zai zama lokacin baƙin cikin gaske ga ’yan<br />

Ikkilisiya. Sun yi tsammani cewa sune za a fyauce. Sai<br />

kwatsam, suka gane cewa a bar su a baya suna kuma<br />

ƙarƙashin cikakken fushin <strong>Allah</strong>. Daga nan zasu gane cewa<br />

ba za su ji daɗin ci gaba da zama a duniyar nan ba. Abu mafi<br />

muni kuma shine zasu sani cewa basu da rai madawami tare<br />

da kiristi da kuma zama magadan sabuwar sama da sabuwar<br />

duniya. Banda haka kuma, zasu kasance a cikin kunya mai<br />

girma a idon wanɗanda ba su san komi ba game da<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki, amma yanzu suka ga cewa addininsu na<br />

kirista ƙarya ne da na riya. Fiye da haka, zasu sha babbar<br />

kunya a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> da mulkoki da ikokin na sama. A gaban<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> mutuwarsu zata kasance hukumcin kisa mai ban kunya<br />

domin suna ƙalƙashin la’anar <strong>Allah</strong>. Zasu kuma sha tsanani<br />

na jiki sakamakon annobar da zata faru a dukan duniya.<br />

Dukansu zasu mutu (za a yi masu kisan wulakanci a<br />

gaban <strong>Allah</strong>). Suma zasu mutu a ranar ko kuma kafin rana ta<br />

ƙarshe 21 ga watan Octoba, 2011.<br />

12. Sauran ruƙunin mutanen kuma waɗanda basu taɓa cewa su<br />

masu bi bane, waɗanda kuma aka barsu a baya lokacin da<br />

aka fyauce masu bi na gaskiya, zasu yi baƙin cikin sanin<br />

cewa an katse masu hanzari a irin rayuwar farin ciki da begen<br />

irin rayuwar da suke yi a nan duniya. Suma zasu jimre<br />

babbar azaba ta jiki wanda zata faru ta dalilin annobar da<br />

suke jimrewa. Suma zasu kunyata a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> da<br />

59


mulkoki da ikoki na samaniya. Suma zasu mutu, ranar ko<br />

kuma kafin ranar ƙarshe, 21 ga watan Octoba, 2011.<br />

Mutuwar su ma zata zama hukumcin kisa na wulakanci da<br />

kunya a idon <strong>Allah</strong> da mulkoki da ikokin samaniya.<br />

13. A wannan lokaci na fyaucewa, dukan kaburbura zasu buɗe<br />

dukan gawawaki da ƙasusuwa da toka da ƙura da dukan<br />

abinda ya rage na mutanen dake cikinsu, waɗanda kuma ba<br />

a fyauce ba, za a warwatsa kamar taki a duniya. Angulaye, da<br />

karnuka da tsutsotsi za su ci jikunansu. Waɗannan mutanen<br />

a lokacin mutuwar su, basu san nauyin bashin da suka biya a<br />

kan zunubansu ba. An binne da dama daga cikinsu cikin<br />

karamci da girmamawa, amma a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> mutuwar su<br />

abin kunya ce. Yawancinsu sun gane cewa mutuwarsu zata<br />

hana su murna da bege na wannan rayuwa, amma babu<br />

wanda ya san girman hukunci da zasu biya domin rasa gadon<br />

haihuwarsu na ɗan fari da gadon rai na har abada da sabuwar<br />

sama da sabuwar duniya.<br />

14. Ta wurin ya da jikunansu daga kaburbura, wata kunya ce<br />

kuma da dole waɗannan mutanen zasu jimre, ko da shike da<br />

dama daga cikinsu sun mutu da daɗewa ba tare da sun sani<br />

ba, <strong>Allah</strong> ya jaddada kunyar zunubi ta wurin buɗe kaburbura<br />

na waɗannan mutanen domin a ƙazanta gawarsu. An<br />

kumyatar da gawawakinsu an kunyatar da su a gaban <strong>Allah</strong><br />

da gaban mulki da ikoki na sammai da gaban waɗanda aka<br />

bari a baya waɗanda zasu ɗanɗana ranar shari’a. Kumyar da<br />

zasu sha a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> da gaban halittun sammai zata<br />

danganta ga irin sanin da suke da shi na dokar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

15. A ƙarshen kwanaki 153 na baƙar azabar da ake kira ranar<br />

shari’a (21 ga watan Mayu, 2011 zuwa 21 ga Octoba, 2011)<br />

ƙarshen duniyan zai zo. Duniya da dukan ayyukan ta zasu<br />

ƙone, za a hallaka duniya ma baki ɗaya. Ba za a sake tunawa<br />

da shekaru 13,023 na tarihin duniya da dukan abinda ya faru<br />

a cikinta ba.<br />

16. Masu bi na gaskiya, da za’a fyauce su zasu rayu har abada a<br />

cikin farin ciki da murna mai girma a matsayin amaryar Kristi<br />

wanda zasu yi mulki tare da shi na har abada.<br />

17. Hanyar da <strong>Allah</strong> ya saba sauko da hukunci ya kuma sa maizunubi<br />

ya jimre hukuncin zunubi kamar yadda aka bayyana a<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki, ita ce dokar <strong>Allah</strong>. Amma <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi amfani<br />

da rayuwar masu bi na gaskiya ya zama hukunci ga masu<br />

zunubi. Wannan zai zama gaskiya a ranar fyaucewa. Duk<br />

masu bi da aka fyauce a idon ’yan Ikklisiya waɗanda aka bari<br />

zai zama babbar shaida cewa Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> kamar yadda<br />

waɗanda aka fyauce suke bi, gaskiya ce kuma abin amincewa.<br />

60


Zata zama abin nuni a fili da kuma shaida cewa ’yan Ikkilisiya<br />

da sauran da aka bari a baya, basu yi biyayya da Maganar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ba.<br />

Irin fahimtar shirin shari’ar <strong>Allah</strong> kamar yadda aka saba bisa<br />

al’ada, wanda yake koyas da cewa masu zunubi zasu kasance a wani<br />

wuri da ake kira, jahannama, suna wahala mai tsanani ya saɓawa<br />

koyarwar Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

Kowanne Ido Zai <strong>Ga</strong>nshi<br />

Kimanin shekaru 2,000 da suka wuce Ubangijinmu Yesu Kristi da kansa<br />

ya zo duniyar nan. Ya zo a cikin jiki a matsayin Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong> da kuma Ɗan<br />

Mutum. Dubban mutane a ƙasar Isra’ila sun sami damar ganinsa a cikin<br />

shekarun nan kusan 40. Daga nan ya koma sama amma yayi alkawari zai<br />

sake dawowa. A wannan lokacin ya koma sama, mala’iku biyu suka gaya<br />

wa manzani kamar yadda muka karanta a cikin Ayyukan Manzani 1:11:<br />

...Ku mazajen <strong>Ga</strong>lili don me kuke tsaye kuna duba zuwa sama,<br />

wannan Yesu wanda aka ɗauke shi daga wurinku aka karɓe shi<br />

sama, kamar yadda kuka ga tafiyatasa zuwa cikin sama, haka nan<br />

zashi dawo.<br />

Dawowa “Haka nan” magana ce mai faɗi. Zai iya nufin zai sake<br />

dawowa kamar yadda ya tafi sama. Lokacin da ya zo da farko. Ya zo a<br />

matsayin Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong>, da kuma Ɗan mutum. “Haka nan kuma” na iya<br />

zama, misali, cewa zai sake dawowa a matsayin ɗan <strong>Allah</strong> amma cikin<br />

babbar ɗaukaka. Tilas ne mu bincike Littafi Mai-Tsarki mu ƙara koya<br />

game da ranar nan mai- ban tsoro. Dadowar Ubangiji Yesu Kristi ta<br />

biyu.<br />

Mun rigaya mun koya cewa tilas ne lokacin dawowar Yesu Kristi<br />

ta biyu, ya zo daidai da lokacin fyaucewa, wadda ta zo daidai da rana ta<br />

fari na kwanaki 153 na ranar shari’ar. Ranar ita ce 21 ga watan Mayu,<br />

2011. A wannan ranar, kabarbura za su buɗe, za a kuma tashi dukan<br />

gawawakin waɗanda cikin jikunan ruhaniya na ɗaukaka. Banda haka<br />

kuma za a watsar da gawarwakin da ƙasusuwa da sauransu na dukan<br />

waɗanda basu da ceto a ƙasa a matsayin juji. Za a canza jikunan<br />

waɗanda har yanzu suke da rai, kuma masu bi ne na gaskiya nan da nan<br />

zuwa jikuna na samaniya a kuma fyauce su a sararin samaniya a fuskar<br />

waɗanda aka barsu a baya. Hakika kusan mutane biliyan 61/2 waɗanda<br />

aka bari a baya, zasu san cewa Yesu ya zo, kuma zamu iya tabbatar da<br />

cewa lokacin fyaucewar kowa zai ga Yesu a lokacin dawowarshi ta biyu.<br />

Ta haka, zamu tabbatar da cewa zuwa dawowar Kristi, lokacin da<br />

kowanne ido zai gan shi, yayi daidai da fyaucewar. Dalili ke nan da ya sa<br />

zai zo tare da “gajimare” (Ruya ta Yohanna 1:7) tare da gajimare yana<br />

61


nuna cewa ya zo ne domin ya yi hukunci. Ka tuna, ranar fyaucewar ita ce<br />

kuma rana ta fari ta kwanaki 153 na ranar shari’a.<br />

Sai dai, babu wani wuri a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki da ya koyar da<br />

cewa a ranar fyaucewa, marasa ceto a duniya zasu ga Yesu ido da ido<br />

zahiri. Duk da haka Ruya ta Yohanna 1:7 ya ce “Kowane ido kuma za ya<br />

gan shi”.<br />

An warware wannan matalar misali a Yohanna 1:51 inda muka<br />

karanta cewa Yesu gaya wa:<br />

Yace masa kuma, hakika, hakika ina ce maku zaku ga sama a<br />

buɗe mala’ikun <strong>Allah</strong> kuma suna hawa suna sabka bisa Ɗan<br />

Mutum.<br />

Mun karanta a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki cewa Natanayilu ya ga<br />

sama ta buɗe mala’iku kuma suna hawa suna sauka daga sama zuwa<br />

wurin Yesu da ido ƙuru ƙuru? Hakika Littafi Mai-Tsarki bai faɗi wani abu<br />

kamar haka ba. Amma idan muka tuna cewa za a iya fassara kalmar nan<br />

“mala’ika” da “manzo” kuma duk mai bi na gaskiya manzo ne na<br />

“Bishara”, da haka mun san abinda ya kamata Natanayilu ya gani.<br />

Yayinda mutane suka sami ceto, an sa su hau cikin samaniya ta fuskar<br />

ruhaniya cikin Kristi Yesu (Afisawa 2:6). Watau a lokacin da muka sami<br />

ceto, mu na sama tare da Kristi cikin ruhaniya domin an bamu sababbin<br />

jikuna na fyaucewa. Nan take zamu shiga sama domin abinda Yesu yayi<br />

domin mu. Saboda haka tilas ne mu shiga aiki a duniyar nan mu zama<br />

wakilan Kristi a nan duniya.<br />

Watau, Yesu yana gaya wa Natanayilu cewa za ya ga mutane suna<br />

samun ceto, kuma Kristi zai yi amfani da su domin shaida Bishara. Mun<br />

ga wannan ra’ayin na ganin Kiristi nan gaba ta wajen zama shaidun<br />

abinda Kristi yake yi yanzu, a cikin abinda Almasihu ya gaya wa mugun<br />

babban Limamin nan, Kefas a Matta 26:63-64, inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Amma Yesu yayi shiru, babban malami fa ya ce masa, na gama ka<br />

da <strong>Allah</strong> mai rai, ka faɗa mana, ko kai Kristi ne, Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong>. Yesu<br />

ya ce masa ka faɗi, amma ina ce maku gaban nan za ku ga Ɗan<br />

Mutum a zamne a hannun daman mulki yana zuwa kuma bisa<br />

giza-gizan sama.<br />

Kefas ya mutu shekaru 2,000 da suka wuce ba kuma zai ƙara<br />

rayuwa ba, Kefas ya ga Yesu a kan giciye kuma ya kuma sani cewa Yesu<br />

ya tashi daga mattatu. Yana da kyakkyawan sanin Littafi Mai-Tsarki na<br />

zamaninsa (Tsohon Alkawari), ya san cewa Yesu ya cika dukan kai’dojin<br />

zama Mai-Ceto. A matsayinsa na babban Limami ya kamata Kefas ya san<br />

Zabura 16:10 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

62


<strong>Ga</strong>ma ba zaka bar raina ga lahira ba, ba kuwa zaka bar mai<br />

tsarkinka shi ga ruɓa ba.<br />

Ka duba Matta 27:62-66, Matta 28:11-15 da Daniel 7:13-14.<br />

Abubuwa da yawa na allahntaka suna faruwa a lokacin giciye.<br />

Abubuwan da suka yi daidai da annabcin Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Babu shakka<br />

Kayafa, babban Firist yana sane da annabce annabce da ke cikin Tsohon<br />

Alkawari dangane da zuwan Mai-Ceto, saboda haka ya kamata ya san<br />

cewa Yesu Kristi ne wanda yake zuwa a matsayin babban mai-mulki na<br />

duniya wanda kuma zai kammala shirin shari’a duka.<br />

Bari mu koma kan annabcin nan cewa kowanne ido zai ga Yesu,<br />

za mu san wannan manyan abubuwan da zasu faru a lokacin fyaucewa,<br />

da kuma abubuwan da suka sa kaburbura suka buɗe zasu sa kowanne<br />

mutum ya san cewa Kristi ya zo. Ya yiwu ya zo domin ya kamalla ceton<br />

masu bi, ya yiwu kuma ya zo domin ya kammala hukuncin a kan<br />

waɗanda basu da ceto.<br />

Domin muhimancin ranar fyaucewa, yanzu za mu bincike<br />

waɗansu wurare da suka yi magana da cewa kowa zai ga zuwan Yesu. Za<br />

mu bincike Matta. 24:27-31 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ma kamar yadda walƙiya ta kan fito daga gabas ana kuwa<br />

ganinta har yamma; hakanan bayanuwar ɗan mutum zata zama<br />

inda gawa ta ke duka can angulai zasu taru. Amma nan da nan<br />

bayan ƙuncin waɗannan kwanaki, rana zata yi dufu, wata ba<br />

zaya bada hasken sa ba, tamraru za su faɗo daga sama, ikokin<br />

sammai za su raurawa; sa’anan dama ta ɗan mutum zata<br />

bayanna a sama. Sa’anan kuma dukan kabilun duniya za su yi<br />

baƙin ciki, za su kuwa ga Ɗan Mutum yana zuwa a bisa gizagizai<br />

na sama tare da iko da ɗaukaka mai girma. Zai kuma aika da<br />

mala’ikunsa su kuma za su tattara zaɓaɓɓunsu daga kusurwoyi<br />

huɗu, daga wannan iyakar sama zuwa waccan.<br />

Waɗannan ayoyin sun koya a fili cewa zuwan Kristi zai kasance a<br />

dukan duniya. Watau, za a ga shaidar cewa za a ganshi a ko’ina cikin<br />

duniya. <strong>Ga</strong>skiyar cewa kabilun duniya suna makoki (aya 30) yayi daidai<br />

da magana kamar, ‘‘kuka da cizon haƙora” da muka samu a waɗansu a<br />

cikin Litafi Mai-Tsarki. Babu shakka dukan abinda ayoyin nan ke faɗa<br />

sun yi daidai da abinda muka koya game da ranar fyaucewa.<br />

Amma mene ne ya sa aka sa aya 28 a cikin wannan nassin? Yana<br />

koyas da cewa akwai gawawaki da zai tara gaggafa. Bisa ga dukan alamu<br />

waɗannan gaggafa sun zo ne domin su ci naman gawawakin da aka<br />

fidda daga kuburbura. Kasancewa gawawakin yana koya mana a fili cewa<br />

lokacin da Littafi Mai-Tsarki yayi Magana game da tashin mattatu na<br />

masu adalci da marasa adalci, babu shakka ba wai yana nufin cewa za a<br />

tada marasa ceto zuwa rai da zasu san ainihin abinda ke faruwa bane. A<br />

63


maimakon haka, yana koya cewa za a tada marasa ceto (jefad da su daga<br />

kaburbura) domin a wulankanta su. Za a kuma kumyatar da su a gaban<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> da dukan halittun sama.<br />

Kumyar da mutum zai sha a gaban <strong>Allah</strong> ta danganta ga zurfin<br />

sanin Maganar <strong>Allah</strong> da mutumin yake da shi. Wannan yana daga cikin<br />

hukuncin da za a yi masa. Dalili ke nan da yasa Yesu yace Kafarnahun<br />

birnin da Yesu yayi aikin al’ajibi na lokaci mai tsawo, amma babu wanda<br />

ya sami ceto, zai fuskanci hukuncin fiye da Sodom. Sodom Maganar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> kaɗan ne kawai ta sani. Mun karanta a Matta. 11:23-24. cewa:<br />

Ya Kafarnahum, kuma ɗaukakar ki har sama za a yi? Hades za ki<br />

gama da cikin saduma aka yi ayyukan masu iko waɗanda aka yi<br />

cikinki, da ta wanzu har yau. Amma in ace maki a cikin ranar<br />

shari’a ƙasar saduma tana da rangwami bisa gareki.<br />

Hakanan, mai wa’azi da bashi da ceto, ko malamin Litafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki yana kuma da rai a ranar shari’a gwargwadon sannin Litafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki da yake da shi, haka kumyar da zai sha zata kasance a gaban<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> da duniya, da kuma gawa lokacin da ya mutu a matsayin hukuncin<br />

da za a yi mashi.<br />

Wani nassi kuma da ya kamata mu duba shine Luka 17:36-37<br />

inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Mutum biyu zasu kasance a gona, za a ɗauki ɗayan a bar ɗayan:<br />

suka amsa suka ce masa, a wanne wuri Ubangiji? Ya ce masu,<br />

inda gawa ta ke nan angulai kuma za su tattaru.<br />

Mutum biyu suna gona. An ɗauke ɗayan. Shi ne mai bi na<br />

gaskiya, an kuma fyauce shi zuwa sama ya zauna tare da Kristi. Mutumi<br />

ɗayan ba shi da ceto, saboda haka aka barshi. Tambayar kuma ita ce, a<br />

ina aka barshi? Amsa ita ce an barshi inda jikin ya ke, gaggafa kuma<br />

suka taru. Idan Liffai Mai-Tsarki yayi Magana a kan<br />

gaggafa”(ɗaya/mufuraɗi), yana Magana ne a kan hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong> mai<br />

zuwa ko kuma ƙaunar <strong>Allah</strong> ta tausayi ga mutanensa. (Kubarwa Shari’a<br />

33:11). Amma idan kalmar nan “gaggafa” jam’i ce, ana amfani da ita ne<br />

domin nuna cewa suna ci kamar angulai ko buzuzu a kan gawa (Matta<br />

24:28). Saboda haka, za mu gane cewa waɗanda aka bari a baya a<br />

lokacin fyaucewa ma’abutan gawayen ne da aka fitar daga kabarbaru.<br />

64


Sura Ta Shida<br />

Masarautar Da Aka Ƙirƙiro Domin Nuna <strong>Ɗaukaka</strong><br />

Da Hikimar Kristi.<br />

Muna binciken Litafi Mai-Tsarki da himma domin mu san ainihin<br />

shirin <strong>Allah</strong> na sharia. Amma akwai tambaya mai muhimanci da bamu yi<br />

ƙoƙarin amsawa ba. Amma kuwa tambaya ce mai muhimmanci da ya<br />

zama tilas mu bincike Litafi Mai-Tsarki mu ga yadda ta bada amsa.<br />

Tambayar itace mene ne NUFIN ALLAH NA HALLITAR DUNIYA KUMA<br />

BAYAN SHEKARU 13, 023 YA HALLAKATA? Kafin mu fara neman amsar<br />

wannan tambaya mai muhimmanci, ya kamata mu koyi abin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

ce game da mulkoki da ikkokin da ya hallita a sama, saboda, zamu duba<br />

waɗannan ayoyin.<br />

Kolossiyawa 1:16 <strong>Ga</strong>ma a cikinsa aka hallita dukan abu cikin<br />

sammai da bisa duniya kuma, abubuwa masu ganuwa da<br />

abubuwa marasa ganuwa, ko kursiyai ko sarauta ko mulkoki ko<br />

ikoki dukan abu ta wurinsa aka hallita su dominsa kuma.<br />

Afisawa 3:10 Domin yanzu ta wurin Ikklisiya hikima iri iri ta<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ta samu ga sarautai da ikoki cikin sammai.<br />

Litafi Mai-Tsarki ya sake Magana game da sarautai da ikoki<br />

masu zuwa a Afisawa 1:21.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>ba nesa da dukan sarauta, da hukuncin da iko, da mulki, da<br />

kowane suna wanda a ke ambatonsa, ba cikin wannan zamani<br />

kaɗai ba, amma cikin zamani mai zuwa kuma.<br />

Har ila yau akwai ayoyi kima da suka yi magana game da sarauta<br />

da suke da dangantaka da mulkin mutum a duniya da mulki shaiɗan a<br />

duniya.<br />

Romawa 8:38 <strong>Ga</strong>ma na kawas da shakka, ba mutuwa, ba rai, ba<br />

mala’iku, ba sarautai, ba al’amuran yanzu, ba al’amuran na zuwa,<br />

ba ikoki.<br />

Afisawa 6:12 <strong>Ga</strong>ma kokuwarmu ba da nama da jini take ba,<br />

amma da mulkokin da ikoki da mahukuntan wannan zamani mai<br />

duhu, da rundunai masu ruhaniya na mugunta cikin sammai.<br />

Kolosiyawa 2:15 Bayanda ya tuɓe ma kansa mulkoki da ikoki, ya<br />

nuna su a sarari, yana kirari a bisansu cikin wannan.<br />

65


Titus 3:1 Ka tuna masu su yi biyayya ga mahukunta, ga masu<br />

iko, su ji Magana su zama shiryayyu ga kowane kyakkyawan aiki.<br />

Afisawa 6:12 ya yi amfani da kalmar nan ‘‘cikin sammai’’ domin<br />

yana nufin membobin Ikklisiya suna ƙoƙarin bauta wa <strong>Allah</strong>, dukan<br />

zamanin Ikklisiya, yayin da suke ƙalƙashin ikon shaiɗan. Lokacin da<br />

muke sake duba waɗannan ayoyi ya bayyana a fili cewa, <strong>Allah</strong> ya kafa<br />

mulki da ikoki na sammai waɗanda suke cikin cikar mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> na<br />

sama. Ba haka yake ba a da, amma zai ci gaba a nan gaba (Afisawa<br />

1:21).<br />

Idan muna binciken Litafi Mai-Tsarki domin mu san abin da<br />

waɗannan mulkoki da suka taru suka zama mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> gaba ɗaya zasu<br />

yi, zamu sa ran ganin waɗannan:<br />

1. <strong>Allah</strong> ne, kaɗai maɗaukakin sarkin kowanne mulkoki da suka<br />

shafi mulkin <strong>Allah</strong>. (Afisawa 1:19-23).<br />

2. Manufar kowanne ɗan mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> shine ya ɗaukaka <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

3. Zunubi bai shafi mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> ba saboda haka bashi da wuri<br />

a cikin waɗannan mulkoki.<br />

4. ‘Ya’yan mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> ba sa aure basu auraswa (matta 22:30)<br />

5. Mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> mulki ne na har abada kuma ba za a taɓa<br />

hallaka shi ba (Daniel 6:26).<br />

Bayan mun koyi waɗansu daga cikin muhimman abubuwa da aka<br />

gina mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> a kai, mu kan dubi mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> da mamaki kamar<br />

yadda a ke samu a duniya. Ya yi kamar ya saɓawa yadda ya kamata<br />

ikokin da <strong>Allah</strong> zai yi mulki a kai su kasance.<br />

Idan muka duba wannan mulkin a hankali, da yake da nasaba da<br />

duniya, mun ga cewa da farko, muna ganin waɗansu abubuwan na ba<br />

saban ba da suka saɓawa tunanin da muke da shi game da mulkin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>. Na farko, lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya halicci wannan duniyar mai kyau, ya<br />

sa a cikinta gonar Adnin. Mene ne ya sa <strong>Allah</strong> zai yi haka? Gona (Gonar<br />

Adnin) a cikin duniyar da ke nuna lokacin da mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> (wanda gonar<br />

adnin ke wakilta), zai kasance a duniya mai-zunubi.<br />

Na biyu mene ne ya sa <strong>Allah</strong> da ya halicci wannan duniyar yake<br />

bukatar a yi Aure da auraswa? Wannan zai kawo ƙaruwar ’yan adam,<br />

yadda za a sami biliyoyin mutane da za su harbu da zunubi domin<br />

dukansu suna cikin jikin Adamu.<br />

Na uku, da shike <strong>Allah</strong> ya san tunanin zuciya kafin marmarin<br />

aikata zunubi ya haɓaka (Ibraniyawa 4:12). Zai san burin mala’ikan nan<br />

Lucifer na zama sarki (Ishaya 14:13-14). Mene ne ya sa ya ba Lucifer<br />

damar shiga gonar Adnin?<br />

Daga ƙarshe, mene ne ya sa <strong>Allah</strong>, a cikin wannan sabuwar<br />

duniya marar aibi, ya ba bishiyar suna mai rikitarwa “Itace na sanin<br />

nagarta da mugunta”, ya kuma bari Adamu da Hawa’u suka san da shi ta<br />

66


wurin umurtar su kada su ci daga gare shi, ya kuma sa Lucifer ya san da<br />

shi, da kuma umurnin nan? Amsar tana samuwa a abinda <strong>Allah</strong> ya faɗi<br />

cikin Afisawa 3:10.<br />

Domin yanzu ta wurin Ikkilisiya hikima iri iri ta <strong>Allah</strong> ta samu ga<br />

sarautai da ikoki cikin sammai.<br />

A cikin wannan aya <strong>Allah</strong> ya nuna mana cewa a dukan zamanai da<br />

suka wuce, <strong>Allah</strong> ya halicci tsare tsare daban daban na sammai. Wannan<br />

tsarin zai yi aiki na tsawon shekaru 13,023 zai zama abin kallo wanda<br />

zai nuna hikima da ɗaukakar Ubangiji Yesu Kristi.<br />

Domin cimma wannan, <strong>Allah</strong> ya halicci wata cibiyar samaniya<br />

shekaru 13,000 da suka wuce, ita ce duniyar mu. Wata cibiya ce ta<br />

dabam domin zata kasance da mutane a cikinta da suke aure da kuma<br />

haifar ’ya’ya. Duk da haka, nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ne cewa wannan cibiyar da ta fara<br />

da mutane biyu, Adamu da Hauwa’u, zasu girma su zama biliyoyin<br />

mutane. Dabam take domin ta faɗa ƙarƙashin la’anar <strong>Allah</strong> domin<br />

zunubi yana mulki a ko ina. Ya banbanta domin an nuna shi a fili ga<br />

sauran tsari na sammai da <strong>Allah</strong> ya halitta tun zamanin zamanai. Ya<br />

banbanta domin <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana rana, da wata, da shekarar da zata<br />

shuɗe. Ya banbanta domin karshensa, za a ɗauki mazaunan cikinta<br />

miliyan 200, zuwa sama a matsayin amaryar Kristi su yi mulki da Kristi<br />

na har abada abadin.<br />

Ya banbanta kuma domin yawancin tsawon shekarunsa yana<br />

ƙarƙashin mulkin wani mugun mala’ika da ya faɗi mai suna Lucifer ko<br />

shaiɗan. Bisa ga dokan mallaka, Lucifer yayi nasara bisa ’yan adam ta<br />

wurin samun Hauwa’u da farko, da kuma Adamu su yi wa <strong>Allah</strong> rashin<br />

biyayya. Bisa ga namu hukuncin, ya kamata da <strong>Allah</strong> ya hallaka shaiɗan<br />

nan take domin wannan mummunan abin da ya aikata. Amma <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

barshi ya zama mai mulkin duniya da abinda ke cikinta na tsawon<br />

shekaru 11,000 na kasancewarta. A cikin irin wannan duniyar ne <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya fara gina mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> a duniya.<br />

Dukan waɗannan tambayoyin da bayanan suna da mana’a domin<br />

Kristi shine Ɗan Ragon da aka yanka kafin kafawar duniya. Wannan ya<br />

tabbatar mana da cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ya zaiyana mulkokin wannan duniya da<br />

sanin cewa zata zama mulkoki na zunubi. Zata zama kuma an tsarata ta<br />

zama mulki wanda yayi dabam da waɗanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya halitta tun zamanin<br />

zamanai.<br />

Amma mene ne ya sa? Mene ne ya sa aka halicce shi dabam da<br />

sauran mulkokin, da ikoki na cikin sammai?<br />

Abu mai-muhimmanci shine, mala’iku da dama sun haɗa baki da<br />

Lucifer lokacin da yake ƙulla maƙarƙashiyar zama sarki. Ta haka<br />

ƙarƙashin la’anar <strong>Allah</strong>, suka zama aljanu, ko kuma shaiɗan ko kuma<br />

muggan ruhohi (Yahuda 6). Sai dai babu wani bayani a Littafi Mai Tsarki<br />

game da yiwa <strong>Allah</strong> tayaswa, sai wannan kaɗai, domin haka yana nuna<br />

67


cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ya bari wannan ya faru domin ya yaɗa nufin <strong>Allah</strong> ga wannan<br />

duniyar.<br />

Kasancewar <strong>Allah</strong> ya sa Lucifer a cikin Gonar Adnin, tun kafin<br />

shaiɗan da kansa ya san yana da burin zama sarki zuciyarsa. Ishaya<br />

14:13-14 da Ibraniyawa 4:13), irin hanyar da <strong>Allah</strong> yake amfani da<br />

miyagu waɗansu lokatai wajen cimma manufarsa. Misalai guda biyu sune<br />

na Nebuchanezzar sarki Babila da ’yan’uwan goma da suka sayar da<br />

Yusufu zuwa bauta (Farawa 50:15, 20).<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya sani sarai cewa biliyoyin mutane tsatson Adamu ne<br />

(Ibraniyawa 7:9-10, Korintiyawa I 15:22). Za a yankewa dukan waɗannan<br />

biliyoyin mutanen hukumcin mutuwa lokacin da Adamu ya yi wa <strong>Allah</strong><br />

tawaye, amma <strong>Allah</strong> ya riga ya yi tanadin ceton mutane miliyan 200.<br />

Domin cimma wannan manufa, da farko <strong>Allah</strong> ya shirya littattafai biyu.<br />

Littafi na farko ya ambaci dukan wanda zai fito daga zuriyar Adamu.<br />

Littafi na biyu da ake kira littafin rai na Ɗan Ragon, yana da sunaye<br />

miliyan 200 a ciki. <strong>Allah</strong> ne da kansa zai ceci waɗannan mutanen a<br />

matsayin Mai-Cetonsu. An ɗorawa <strong>Allah</strong> da kansa, a matsayin na<br />

Ubangiji Yesu Kristi dukan zunuban waɗannan mutanen miliyan 200.<br />

Kuma kasancewa an same shi da laifin waɗannan zunubai, an yanke<br />

mashi hukumcin mutuwar wulakanci a madadin waɗannan mutanen.<br />

Shine Ɗan Ragon da aka yanka tun kafuwar duniya. Alal hakika wannan<br />

mummunar hukunci ya sauko a kan Kristi kafin a halicci wannan duniya.<br />

Mun karanta a cikin IBitrus 1:20 cewa:<br />

Wanda aka rigaya saninsa lallai gaban kafuwar duniya, amma a<br />

ƙarshen zamani ya bayyana sabili da ku.<br />

Mun kuma karanta a Matta 25:34 cewa:<br />

Sa’annan shi Sarkin za ya ce ma waɗannan da ke hannun<br />

damansa, ku zo ku masu albarka na ubana ku gaji mulkin da an<br />

shirya dominku tun kafuwar duniya.<br />

A Timothawus II 1:9-10 kuma, mun karanta cewa:<br />

Wanda ya cecemu, ya kiraye mu kuma da kira mai-tsarki ba<br />

gwargwadon ayyukan mu ba, amma bisa ga nasa nufin da alheri<br />

wanda aka bamu cikin Kristi Yesu tun gaban madawaman<br />

zamani, amma yanzu ya bayyana ta wurin bayanuwar Mai-Ceton<br />

mu Kristi Yesu, wanda ya kawas da mutuwa ya haskaka rai da<br />

dauwama ta wurin bishara.<br />

Ka duba Ibraniyawa 4:3.<br />

Jahannama tana nufin a mutu. A mutu kuma yana nufin rai ya<br />

tafi har abada. Misali a cikin Zabura 16:10, Yesu yace:<br />

68


<strong>Ga</strong>ma ba zaka bar raina ga lahira ba ba kwa zaka bar maitsarkinka<br />

shi ga ruba ba.<br />

Domin ya yi nasara bisa jahannama ransa ya tashi daga mattatu.<br />

An tabbatar da wannan a Romawa 1:4 inda muka karanta cewa:<br />

Aka aiyana shi Ɗan <strong>Allah</strong> da Iko ta wurin Ruhu Mai-Tsarki bisa<br />

ga tashi daga mattatu shi Yesu Kristi Ubangijinmu.<br />

Wannan aya tana kuma koya mana cewa za a kira Kristi Ɗan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ne kawai domin ya tashi daga kabari (Jahannama). Kristi ba shi da<br />

farko, shi <strong>Allah</strong> madawammi ne tun fil azal. An jadada wannan game da<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> bisa ga abinda <strong>Allah</strong> ya ce a cikin Yohanna 3:16 ‘‘... ya bada dansa<br />

haifaffe shi kaɗai”. Haifaffe yana nufin yana da farko ta yaya <strong>Allah</strong> zai yi<br />

magana cewa Kristi yana da farko?. Yana da farko da shike ya mutu ya<br />

kuma rayu. Ta haka, tunda ya tashi daga mattatu, za a kira shi Ɗan<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>. Ko da shi Kristi, <strong>Allah</strong> Madawammi ne, kafin ya halicci wannan<br />

duniyar, tilas ne ya tashi daga matattu. An tabbatar da wannan a<br />

Ibraniyawa 1:2.<br />

Ƙarshen waɗannan kwanaki ya yi mana magana cikin Ɗansa<br />

wanda ya sanya magajin abu duka, wanda kuma ya yi duniya ta<br />

wurinsa.<br />

Wannan kuma ya tabbatar da cewa an biya cikakken bashin<br />

zunuban zaɓɓaɓu kafin a halicci duniya.<br />

Saboda haka, ya yiwu a yi tambaya cewa: ‘‘Dole ne Kristi ya mutu<br />

sau biyu domin ya biya cikakken bashin zunubanmu? Ka tuna da misalin<br />

nan na tarihi a Fitowa 17:6:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong> shi zan tsaya a gabanka can bisa Pa cikin Horeb, za ka bugi<br />

Pa, ruwa kwa za ya fito daga cikinsa domin mutane su sha. Musa<br />

kwa yayi haka nan a idanun dattiɓai na Isra’ila.<br />

Pa ɗin yana wakiltan Kristi. Musa yana wakiltar dokar <strong>Allah</strong>. Ruwa<br />

yana wakiltar bisharar ceto wadda take samuwa domin an hukunta Kristi<br />

sabili da a cika ka’idar shari’a. A wannan karatun mun ga cewa Musa ya<br />

buga Kristi Dutse, sau ɗaya, shari’a, da kuma ruwan (ceto) suka ɓulɓulo<br />

daga dutsen.<br />

Sai dai, a cikin Littafin Lissafi 20:10-11, Musa ya buga dutse sau<br />

biyu ruwa kuma ya fito. Amma ta haka, Musa ya yi fiye da abin da <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya umurce shi yayi, saboda haka aka hana Musa damar jagorancin<br />

’ya’yan Isra’ila su ƙetare kogin Urdun zuwa ƙasar alkawari.<br />

Watau, an buga dutsen sau biyu yayinda abinda ake bukata kawai<br />

shine a buga sau ɗaya. An hukunta Yesu sau biyu, ko da shike abinda<br />

69


ake bukata kawai domin cikakken biyan bashin zunubanmu shi ne<br />

hukumci sau ɗaya kawai.<br />

Saboda haka, muna da tabbacin cewa lokaci na biyu da aka hukunta shi<br />

sa’adda yake kan giciye ba domin biyan bashin zunubi ba ne. Kamar<br />

yadda muke koyo, manuni ne na yadda ya biya bashin zunubanmu kafin<br />

halittar wannan duniya.<br />

Zaɓaɓɓu: Mutane Miliyan 200<br />

Abin mamaki, <strong>Allah</strong> cikin hikimarsa ya bamu yawan mutanen da<br />

ya zaɓa domin su sami ceto.<br />

Zamu hakikance da cewa adadin mutanen da <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi shirin<br />

ceto, miliyan 200 ne. Wannan ya haɗa da waɗanda za’a fyauce ranar 12<br />

ga watan Mayu, 2011. A wannan ranar za a tashi jikin kowane mai-bi na<br />

gaskiya wanda ya rayu kuma daga baya ya mutu, zuwa sama ya zauna<br />

tare da Kristi. Haka kuma a wannan lokacin za a ba kowanne mai bi na<br />

gaskiya da yake da rai madawammin jiki rayayye a kuma fyauce shi<br />

ɗungum zuwa sama.<br />

A cikin Ruya ta Yohanna 9:14 an ambce su (masu bi na gaskiya) a<br />

matsayin mala’iku huɗu da aka ɗaure a bakin babban kogin Affaratis.<br />

Yayin da kogin Affaratis yake gudana ta Babila, a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki,<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> yakan kamanta shi da ƙasar Alkawari, kasar Isra’ila (Farawa 15:18;<br />

Kubawar Shari’a 1:7, 11, 24; Joshua 1:4 da sauransu). Kogin ne ya nuna<br />

nisan girman mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> wanda aka kamanta da ƙasar Isra’ila.<br />

Ana kwatanta dukan zaɓaɓɓu wato, waɗanda za’a fyauce, da<br />

mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> amma an ɗaure su a gefen (kogin Affaratis) na mulkin <strong>Allah</strong><br />

amma gaɓar (kogin affaratis) na mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi masu iyaka. Haka ta<br />

faru ne domin ana danganta su da mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> lokacin da ceton su ya<br />

zama cikakke a lokacin da suka karɓi rayayyun jikunansu. Ana kiran su<br />

mala’iku huɗu ko kuma manzanni huɗu, domin lambar nan huɗu tana<br />

nuna cika. Lambar nan huɗu tana jaddada cewa za’a same su a cikin<br />

dukan duniya kuma ya haɗa har da mutun na ƙarshe da ya sami ceto.<br />

Tilas ne mu koya mu kuma fahimci cewa wannan babban gwaji<br />

na ɗaukaka da hikimar <strong>Allah</strong> zai kasance har abada, saboda ba zai sake<br />

faruwa ba. Mun karanta a cikin Ruya ta Yohanna 1:18.<br />

Ni ne mai rai, na mutu ga shi kuwa ina da rai har abada, ina<br />

kuwa da maɓulɓulai na mutuwa da na kabari.<br />

Kalmar nan “Ina da rai har abada” ya bada tabbacin cewa wannan<br />

abin ba zai sake faruwa ba.<br />

An bada lambar nan miliyan 200 sau biyu. Lambar da aka bayar<br />

a cikin Ruya ta Yohanna 9:16 ita ce ‘‘zambar miliyan dubu maitan’’<br />

(miliyan 200). Daga baya kuma Littafi Mai-Tsarki yace... kuma na ji<br />

70


“lissafin su”. Wannan maganar tana tabbatar mana da cewa <strong>Allah</strong> ne ya<br />

kafa shi kuma zai cika ba da daɗewa ba Farawa 41:32.<br />

Sun hau kan dawakai, ta haka aka danganta su da rundunan<br />

sama da aka misalta a Ruya ta Yohanna 19:11-16 inda muka karanta<br />

cewa:<br />

Sai na ga sama a buɗe ga kuma wani farin doki da mahayansa<br />

ana ce da shi mai aminci da mai-gaskiya, cikin adalci kuwa yake<br />

yin shari’a da yaƙi kuma. Idanunsa harshen wuta ne, bisa kansa<br />

kuma da kambin sarauta masu-yawa, yana kuwa da suna a<br />

rubuce wanda ba mai saninsa sai shi da kansa. Yana yafe da<br />

kuma riga yayyafafiya da jini, sunansa kuma kalmar |<strong>Allah</strong> ne.<br />

Rudunan yaƙi kuwa waɗanda ke cikin sama suka bi shi bisa<br />

fararen dawakai, suna yafe da linin mai labshi, fari fat, maitsabta<br />

kuwa. Daga cikin bakin sa kuma takobi mai- kaifi yana<br />

fitowa, domin shi bubbuga al’ummai da shi, za ya mallake su<br />

kuma da sanda ta ƙarfe. Yana kuwa taka wurin matsewar ruwan<br />

anab na zafin hasalar <strong>Allah</strong> mai-iko duka. A bisa riga tasa da<br />

bisa cinya tasa kuma yana da suna a rubuce SARKIN SARAKUNA,<br />

DA UBANGIJIN IYAYENGIJI.”<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana cewa suna maida hankali kan sulusin ’yan<br />

Adam, kamar yadda muka karanta a cikin Ruya Ta Yohanna 9;15:<br />

Sai aka saki mala’ikun nan huɗu, waɗanda aka tanada saboda<br />

wannan shekara, su kashe sulusin ’yan adam.<br />

A cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki sulusin ’yan adam yana magana ne a<br />

kan masu bi na gaskiya, waɗanda ake samu musamman a cikin Ikkilisiya<br />

duk faɗin duniya Mun karanta a kansu cikin Zakariya 13: 9:<br />

Zan kuma ratsad da kashin nan na uku cikin wuta, in tsarkake<br />

azurfa, in nuna su kamar yadda ake auna zinariya. Za su kira<br />

sunana, ni kwa zan ji su, zan ce mutane na ne su kuma za su ce<br />

Ubangiji <strong>Allah</strong> ne.<br />

Amma da shike nan da nan majami’u suka ridda <strong>Allah</strong> yayi<br />

magana a kansu musamman a cikin littafin Ruya ta Yohanna a matsayin<br />

sulusin da <strong>Allah</strong> zai hallaka.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> yana sa mutane ƙarƙashin fushin <strong>Allah</strong>, a lokacin da suka<br />

karya dokarsa. Karya dokar <strong>Allah</strong> tana yankewa mutane hukuncin<br />

mutuwa. Amma kuma akwai hukunci ga dukan waɗanda suke cewa suna<br />

biyayya ga Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Zai tabbatar da cewa basu yin biyayya da<br />

shike ba a fyauce su ba. Sune sulusin na ’yan adam. Ta haka aka<br />

71


ayyana waɗanda ba a fyauce su ba, kamar yadda muka karanta a cikin<br />

Ruya ta Yohanna 9:17-18:<br />

<strong>Ga</strong> kuwa yadda na ga dawakan a wahayin da aka yi mani,<br />

mahayansu suna saye da sulkuna, launinsu ja kamar wuta, da<br />

shuɗi, da kuma rawaya kamar farar wuta, kawunan dawakan<br />

kuma kamar na zaki, wuta kuma da hayaƙi da farar wuta suna<br />

fita daga bakinsu.<br />

Za a sake kashe waɗanda suke cewa su masu bi na gaskiya ne,<br />

amma aka barsu a baya a lokacin fyaucewa kasancewan suna jimre<br />

fushin <strong>Allah</strong> kamar yadda yake saukowa a ranar shari’a. <strong>Ga</strong> abinda <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya ke koyarwa a cikin waɗannan ayoyin.<br />

Matta 12:41-42 Nawiyawa za su tashi tsaye a ranar shari’a tare<br />

da wannan tsara zasu kwa kashe ta; gama su suka tuba da<br />

wa’azin Yunana ga kwa wanda ya fi Yunana girma a nan;<br />

sarauniyar kudu za ta tashi tsaye a ranar shari’a tare da wannan<br />

tsara za ta kwa kashe ta; gama daga nisan duniya ta zo garin ta<br />

ji hikimar Solomon; ga kwa wanda ya fi Solomon girma a nan.<br />

Luka 22:30 domin ku ci ku sha tare da ni cikin mulki na, kuma<br />

zaku zamna bisa kursiyai kuna yin shari’a bisa kabilun Isra’ila<br />

goma sha biyu.<br />

Waɗannan duka suna cikin abinda masu ilimin tauhidi suke<br />

magana akai yayinda suke batun Armaggeddon. A lokacin an rigaya an<br />

fyauce mayaƙan masu adalci, mutanen majami’u zasu yi ta kuka da<br />

cizon haƙora (Matta 8:11-12; 13:42, 50; 22: 13; 24:51; 25:30, Luka<br />

13:28) domin an barsu a baya.<br />

Miliyoyin Waɗanda Basu Da Ceto, Sun Mutu Basu Da Masaniya A Kan<br />

Fushin <strong>Allah</strong><br />

Abin da ya bamu mamaki shine, mun koya cewa yawancin<br />

mutanen da basu da ceto waɗanda suka mutu ko kuma zasu mutu kafin<br />

ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, basu ji ko kuma sanin cewa fushin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> yana bisa kansu domin zunubansu ba. Ta yaya wannan zai<br />

kasance? Mun koya cewa fushin <strong>Allah</strong> yana nan ta fannoni da dama. Ya<br />

kuma ƙunshi waɗannan:<br />

1. Babbar kunya.<br />

2. Kisa (Mutuwa, Jahannama)<br />

3. Rasa ’yancin wannan rayuwa.<br />

72


4. Asarar gadon rai na har abada, tare da asarar gadon sabuwar<br />

sama da sabuwar duniya.<br />

5. Mutuwa ta har abada inda ba za’a ƙara rayuwa ba.<br />

Yayin da dukan waɗannan hukuncin zasu sauko kan wanda bashi<br />

da ceto, mutumin yakan mutu ba tare da ya san cewa mutuwarsa<br />

sakamakon zunubi ne a rayuwarsa ba. Idan shi ɗan Ikkilisiya ne ya yiwu,<br />

ya gaskanta da koyarwar nan irin ta al’ada cewa, masu zunubi za su<br />

shiga jahannama inda zasu sha azaba ta har abada. Amma wannan ba<br />

abin damuwa ba ne a gare shi domin ya hakikance da cewa an maye<br />

haihuwarsa, kuma shi cikakken ɗan Ikkilisiyar ne.<br />

A hakikanni gaskiya rayuwar yawancin ’yan Ikkilisiya yawancin<br />

lokaci kuma a rayuwar waɗanda basu cikin Ikkilisiya sun gaskanta da<br />

cewa mutuwa wani lokaci ne mai daraja na zuwa ƙasa mafi kyau. Ta haka<br />

ake kallon mutuwa a matsayin nasara ko da shike ta haɗu da baƙin ciki<br />

domin rabuwa da ƙaunatattu da kuma abubuwan jin daɗi da mutumin<br />

yake morewa a wannan rayuwar.<br />

Sai dai, marar ceto da ya mutu, to ya yi mutuwa ta har abada. Ba<br />

zai taɓa ɗanɗana hukuncin <strong>Allah</strong> da sanin sa ba. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne a lokacin<br />

fyaucewa, za a fidda gangan jikinsa da aka sa a kabari a kunyace, <strong>Allah</strong><br />

da kuma ’ya’yan mulkin sama zasu kunyata shi. Amma marar ceton da<br />

ya mutu ba zai san abinda ke faruwa ba. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne yayi asarar gadon<br />

haihuwarsa, rai na har abada da gadon sabuwar sama da sabuwar<br />

duniya. Amma bai san wannan yana faruwa ba.<br />

Bugu da ƙari lokacin da waɗannan mutane suke raye koyaushe<br />

akwai babban jin daɗi da murna. Sun ɗanɗana abubuwa kamar ƙaunar<br />

iyali da jin daɗin rayuwa a duniya mai kyau. Saboda haka, rai da mutuwa<br />

suna da kyau ko da shi ke ba su taɓa samun ceto ba. To ina fushin <strong>Allah</strong><br />

a kan waɗannan mutane da basu taɓa samun ceto ba? Sai kace mun<br />

ɓata hanya a fahimtar tsarin shari’a na <strong>Allah</strong>. Amma bamu ɓata hanya<br />

ba. A maimakon haka, muna koya cewa, babban abinda duniyar nan ta<br />

fi maida hankali a kai ba kan shirin ceto na <strong>Allah</strong>, ko kuma shirin<br />

shari’a na <strong>Allah</strong> ba ne. A bisa hikima da ɗaukakar <strong>Allah</strong> ne. Ka tuna mun<br />

koya cewa dalilin da yasa <strong>Allah</strong> ya halicci ’yan adam ya sasu a duniya<br />

shine domin ya samar da gagarumin hoto mai kusurwa uku inda dukan<br />

ikoki da mulkoki na sammai zasu ga babbar hikima da ɗaukakar <strong>Allah</strong>,<br />

yayin da <strong>Allah</strong> yake shirin aikin ceto cikin fiye da shekaru 13,000 da aka<br />

shafe ana aikata zunubi.<br />

Saboda haka muka tarar, misali, cewa <strong>Allah</strong> yana gaba da mai<br />

zunubi (Zabura 5:5), kasancewa fushinsa na Allantaka yana bisa kanshi,<br />

duk da haka jinƙansa da girma yake zuwa ga hallittun sa duka har da<br />

masu zunubi. Mun karanta a cikin Matta 5:45 cewa:<br />

73


Domin ku zama ’ya’yan ubanku wanda ke cikin sama; gama ya<br />

kan sa rana tasa ta fito ma miyagu da nagargaru, yakan aiko da<br />

ruwa bisa masu adalci da marasa adalci.<br />

Ka yi tunani a kan manyan albarkun dake ƙulɓulowa daga hasken<br />

rana mai kyau da ruwan sama dake yiwa duniya baye. Waɗanda ba a<br />

zaɓe su zuwa ceto ba, zasu ci moriyar waɗannan albarkun dai dai da<br />

waɗanda suke da ceto.<br />

An bayyana rahamar da Kristi yake da ita ga dukan ’yan adam a<br />

wurare biyu cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki inda muka karanta cewa Yesu yayi<br />

kuka: Mun karanta waɗannan kalmomin masu sosa rai a cikin Yohanna<br />

11:33-35:<br />

Sa’adda Yesu ya ganta tana kuka, Yahudawa kuma waɗanda suka<br />

zo tare da ita suna kuka, ya ji haushi cikin ruhunsa, yana jin zafi<br />

a ransa, ya ce ina kuka ajiye shi? Suka ce masa Ubangiji ka zo ka<br />

gani, Yesu yayi kuka.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> madawammi, Ubangiji Yesu ya nuna tausayinsa mai-girma<br />

da cewa mutuwa ta shigo wannan duniya. Mun karanta a cikin Luka<br />

19:41-44 cewa:<br />

Sa’adda yayi kusa, ya hangi birni yayi kuka a kanta, ya ce da ma<br />

kin sani a cikin wannan rana, har ke ma, abinda ya tabbata ga<br />

salama, amma yanzu a ɓoye ya ke a idanunki. <strong>Ga</strong>ma kwanaki<br />

zasu abko maki inda maƙiyanki zasu gina maki ganuwa su sa ki a<br />

tsaka su tsare ki daga kowanne sasa, su fyaɗe ki a ƙasa, da<br />

’ya’yanki a cikinki ba zasu bar ko dutse ɗaya bisa wani a cikinki<br />

ba. Da shike ba ki lura da kwanakin ziyartanki ba.<br />

Urushalima da Littafi Mai-Tsarki yake magana a kai a nan ta<br />

ƙunshi dukan Isra’ila da dukan majami’u waɗanda suke wakiltar mulkin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> a duniya, suka kuma ridda. Saboda haka membobin su suna kan<br />

hanya zuwa jahannama. Sun yi wa <strong>Allah</strong> ba’a. Sun tsara shirinsu na ceto.<br />

Sun murɗa Littafi Mai-Tsarki da sauransu.<br />

Duk da haka Kristi yana ta kuka domin tilas ya sauko da cikakken<br />

fushinsa bisan su. Muna iya ganin irin ɗaukakar da Kristi yake da ita,<br />

yayinda, ta wurin kuka kan Urushalima, ya nuna jinƙansa zuwa garemu<br />

da mulkoki da ikokin a sammai?. Ba abin mamaki ba ne da <strong>Allah</strong> yace,<br />

kamar yadda muka karanta cikin Ezekiel 33:11, “Bani da wani jin daɗi<br />

cikin mutuwar mugu ba’’<br />

Mulkoki da ikoki a duk faɗin samaniya sun shaida wannan. Sun<br />

ga duniyar da ta shafe shekaru 11,000 ƙarƙashin mulkin mugun<br />

mala’ikan nan da ake kira shaiɗan. Sun bayyana yadda mutane ƙalilan<br />

suka sami ceto, mutane takwas lokacin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya gargaɗi duniya game<br />

74


da hallaka mai zuwa a zamanin Nuhu. Suna ganin bangaskiyar Ibrahim,<br />

da rashin bangaskiyar ’ya’yan Isra’ila, da suka hallaka a cikin jeji domin<br />

rashin bangaskiya. Sun shaida yadda Asuriyawa da ƙasar Yahuda da<br />

kuma Babila suka hallaka ƙasar Isra’ila domin muguntar ta.<br />

Ta yaya Kristi zai tafiyad da duniyar dake da biliyoyin mutanen<br />

mattatu cikin ruhaniya waɗanda shaiɗan ne yake mulkinta?<br />

Ta yaya Kristi zai sarrafa duniyar da kowanne mutumin da ke cikinta<br />

yake matacce cikin ruhaniya, kasancewa shi bawan zunubi ne da kuma<br />

shaiɗan?.<br />

Ta yaya <strong>Allah</strong> zai tafiyadda da duniya da aka la’anta wurin da<br />

mutanen da ke cikinta la’antattu ne, daga cikinsu za a ɗebi kaɗan su<br />

zama mutanen <strong>Allah</strong>?<br />

Wuri na ƙarshe da za a maida hankali a kai shine Ikkilisiya ta har<br />

abada, mutanen nan miliyan 200 da sunayen su ke cikin littafin rai na<br />

Ɗan Rago. Ta yaya zasu zauna a ciki a kuma fitar da su daga biliyoyin<br />

miyagun mutane da shaiɗan yake mulki bisan su, wanda yake gaba da<br />

Kristi?<br />

Ta yaya <strong>Allah</strong> zai tafiyad da duniyar da yawancin mutanen da ke<br />

cikinta mattatu cikin ruhaniya, waɗanda shiɗan yake mulki a bisansu,<br />

amma a cikin wannan duniyar akwai mutane ƙalilan da aka yi niyar ceto<br />

amma ba su tuba ba, da kuma waɗanda basu tuba ba?<br />

An halicci duniyar mu domin ta nuna hikima da ɗaukakar <strong>Allah</strong> a<br />

cikin mawuyacin yanayi. Ana ganin cikar bayanuwar ɗaukakarsa ganin<br />

cewa <strong>Allah</strong> da kansa ya zama Mai-Ceto.<br />

Cikin waɗannan duka, mulkoki da ikoki, sun shaida jinƙai, da<br />

alheri, da gafara, da haƙurin <strong>Allah</strong>. Sa’annan suka shaida sake haihuwa.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya ɗauki jikin mutune ya zo duniyan nan da kansa domin ya nuna<br />

yadda ya sha wahala kafin kafuwar duniya a madadin mutanen nan<br />

miliyan 200 da ya zo ya ceta.<br />

Sun ganshi a matsayin malami mai tawali’u wanda bai daina<br />

zama <strong>Allah</strong> maɗaukaki ba. Sun ganshi lokacin mutane suka raina shi<br />

suka ƙi shi. Sun gan shi ya jimre mutuwar wulakanci, da kunya mafi<br />

girma, yayinda aka aiwatar da hukumcin kisa na la’ana yayinda yake bisa<br />

giciye.<br />

Sun kuma ga jinƙansa mai-ban al’ajibi lokacin da ɗan fashin dake<br />

gangansa a kan giciye ya kada baki yace ‘‘Ubangiji ka tuna da ni lokacin<br />

da ka shiga mulkinka” (Luka 23:42). Nan take dab da ƙarshen rayuwar<br />

mutumin nan, suka shaida yadda ya sami cikakken gafara.<br />

Sun shaida ɗaukakar tashin Kristi, da kuma ceton kusan mutane<br />

3,000 lokacin da aka sauko da Ruhu Mai-Tsarki. Ina misalin ɗaukakar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>, sun kuma ga ɗaukakarsa yayin da suke ganinsa a cikin dukan<br />

waɗannan ayyukan.<br />

Haka kuma ’yan Adam, waɗanda suke zaune a wannan duniyar<br />

sun sami damar shaida hikima da ɗaukakar Kristi ta wurin karanta<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki a hankali.<br />

75


Amma duniya zata zo ranar da za’a fara shari’a, 21 ga watan Mayu,<br />

2011. Fiye da mutane biliyan 6.5 za su kasance a duniya lokacin zasu<br />

kuma shiga kwanakin nan 153 na shari’a, kuma zasu sani ba tare da<br />

tambaya ba cewa suna ƙarƙashin fushin <strong>Allah</strong> domin zunubansu.<br />

Yawancinsu zasu sani lokacin da suke fuskantar fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Mene ne ya kawo canji nan da nan? Sune mutanen da suka shafe<br />

shekaru 13,000 suna zaune a nan duniya cikin salama. Amma idan suna<br />

raye ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, Za a yi wata babbar girgizar ƙasa<br />

farat ɗaya da zata kashe yawancinsu, (Ruya ta Yohanna 16:18). Mutuwa<br />

zata kasance a ko’ina, za a yi fama da ciwo mai tsanani da azaba a<br />

ko’ina.<br />

Mun karanta game da banbanci ga waɗannan mutane a cikin<br />

Luka 12:45-48:<br />

Amma idan bawan nan ya ce cikin zuciyarsa, Ubangijina yana<br />

jinkirin zuwa, har ya tasar ma dukan ma’aikata, maza da mata ya<br />

ci, ya sha ya yi maye, Ubangijin wannan bawa zaya zo cikin ranar<br />

da ba ya sa tsammani ba, cikin sa’a wanda baya sani ba, za ya<br />

raba shi a tsaka, ya sanya masa rabonsa tare da marasa- aminci.<br />

Wannan bawa kwa wanda ya san nufin Ubangijinsa, baya shirya<br />

ba, za’a duke shi dayawa; Amma wanda ba ya sani ba, ya kwa yi<br />

abinda ya isa duka, za’a duke shi kaɗan. Kuma dukan wanda an<br />

ba shi dayawa za’a nemi dayawa a gareshi, wanda kwa an sanya<br />

masa dayawa a hannu, a wurinsa za’a fi biɗa.<br />

Muna rayuwa a zamanin da <strong>Allah</strong> ya bayyana ainihin lokacin da<br />

duniya zata ƙare. An ba duniya wannan bayanin kuma mutanen duniya<br />

suka ƙara sani, domin marasa ceto su iya yin kuka ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin<br />

jinƙai. Ya yiwu mutane da yawa kamar mutanen Nineveh a lokacin<br />

Yunana, za su sami jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

A hakikanin gaskiya, a lokutan da suka gabata an sha jin koyaswa<br />

cewa ranar kaza da kaza duniya zata shuɗe. Kuma a gaskiya dukan<br />

waɗancan lokatan ba daidai ba ne. Amma a yau faɗakarwar da ake yi a<br />

kan lokacin dawowar Kristi da kuma ranar shari’a ya banbanta da na<br />

kwanakin baya. Ayoyin da aka ambata a baya sun nuna gagarumin<br />

muhimmancin kasa kunne ga faɗakarwar ƙarshen lokaci da Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki yake bayarwa. Misali an haɗa da waɗannan batutuwa a cikin<br />

gargaɗin:<br />

1. Littafi Mai-tsarki baki ɗaya dokar <strong>Allah</strong> ne, kuma kowacce<br />

kalma daga ainihin harshen ta fito ne daga bakin <strong>Allah</strong> kai<br />

tsaye. Saboda haka ya kamata majami’a da duniya su sani<br />

cewa Littafi Mai-Tsarki shine mafi iko duka, fiye da wani iko<br />

da aka sani a lokutan baya. Tilas ne a saurare shi a kuma yi<br />

biyaya da shi.<br />

76


2. Akwai shaidu da dama a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki, dangane da<br />

ranar 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, da 21 ga watan Octoba, 2011<br />

da suka tabbatar da sahihancin waɗannan ranakun. Wannan<br />

bayanai ne masu yawa da duniya bata taɓa sani ba, kuma ya<br />

shafi dukan duniya.<br />

3. Wannan bayanin lokacin yana samuwa a ko’ina cikin duniya a<br />

yanar gizo da kuma gajeren zango na tashar radio. Akwai shi<br />

kyauta a harsuna da yawa da za a iya aikawa ga dukan wanda<br />

ya rubuto ko ya kira ya tambaya. Ya kamata kowa ya sani.<br />

4. Mutane suna ba’a da wofinta wannan bayani, yayinda da<br />

dama kuma suke musun gaskiyar bayanan.<br />

5. Waɗanda ba a fyauce su ba ranar 21 ga watan Mayu. 2011,<br />

zasu mutu a ranar ko kuma wani lokaci kafin ranar 21 ga<br />

Octoba, 2011. A lokacin dukan duniya zata yi gobara idan<br />

aka mutu, babu kuma wani sanin fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Sai dai idan ba mutuwa ta auku ba, akwai babban fahimtar<br />

fushin <strong>Allah</strong>, kuma waɗanda suke raye, zasu ci gaba da zama ƙarƙashin<br />

zafin aloba da zata mamaye duniya a lokacin ranar shari’a kwanakin nan<br />

na 153 daga 21 ga watan Mayu, 2011, zuwa 21 ga watan Octoba, 2011,<br />

zasu yi matsanancin fama da waɗannan abubuwa:<br />

1. Kunya da la’anar zama ƙarƙashin fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

2. Sanin cewa murna da ta’aziya da dai sauransu na wannan<br />

duniya ya ƙare.<br />

3. Sanin cewa basu da gado nan gaba. Mutuwa ce kawai take<br />

jiransu, kuma wannan zai faru ne kafin 21 ga watan Oktoba,<br />

2011.<br />

4. Waɗanda suke raye a lokacin zasu yi fama da ciwo da raɗaɗi<br />

na jiki.<br />

5. Sanin cewa babu wani jinƙai daga wurin <strong>Allah</strong>. Hallakar<br />

wannan duniya ita ce abu na ƙarshe na tarihi da mulkoki da<br />

ikoki na cikin sammai zasu shaida. Duka ya nuna ɗaukaka da<br />

hikimar <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Wannan gabatarwa na fushin <strong>Allah</strong> mai tsanani abin ban tsoro ne.<br />

Ya zama abin ban tsoro musamman idan muka tuna cewa zai faru ne na<br />

’yan watanni kuma zai faru babu jinkiri.<br />

Amma ka yi tunanin irin jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong>. Zai iya kawo ranar<br />

fyaucewa, da ranar sharia ta wurin zuwa kamar ɓarawo da dare, daga<br />

nan yawancin mutane na duniya zasu zama babu faɗakarwa ta kowacce<br />

iri. Amma <strong>Allah</strong> a cikin yalwar jinƙansa, yana bamu lokacin faɗakar da<br />

duniya game da hukunci mai zuwa. Abin baƙin ciki shine zai zo kamar<br />

ɓarawo da dare ga waɗanda suke musun sanin wannan domin basa son<br />

duniyar nan ta ƙare.<br />

77


Har wayau, <strong>Allah</strong> ya bada misalin tsohon birnin Nineveh a cikin<br />

littafin Yunana. Basu san komi ba game da Littafi Mai-Tsarki, kuma suna<br />

da kwana 40 ko kuma ƙasa da haka da zasu ɗauki mataki game da<br />

wannan gargaɗin. Ya kamata mu koyi darasi daga gare su.<br />

1. Suna da cikakken imani ga <strong>Allah</strong>, basu jayayya da <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

2. Sun bincike kansu da aminci, sun gane cewa su masu zunubi<br />

ne kuma sun cancanci fushin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

3. Sun bayyana a fili girman tawali’un su ta wurin zaunawa a<br />

cikin tsummoki da toka. Haka yake ga bawan mafi tawa’iu da<br />

jami’i mafi girma da mafi daraja, sarki.<br />

4. Sun juyo daga zunubansu, kuma nan da nan suka yi ƙoƙarin<br />

rayuwar da zata gamshi <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

5. Basu nemi komi a wurin <strong>Allah</strong> ba, amma suka yi kuka ga<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> suka ce watakila <strong>Allah</strong> zai canza tunaninsa, kuma ba<br />

zai hallaka su ba.<br />

Ya kamata mu maida hankali sosai ga abinda mutanen zamanin<br />

Nuhu suka yi, lokacin da aka gargaɗe su, game da hallaka mai zuwa.<br />

Abin tsoro ne a karanta yadda aka kwatanta hallakar zamaninmu da na<br />

zamanin Nuhu. Mun Karanta a cikin Matta 24:37-3 cewa:<br />

Kuma kamar yadda kwanakin Nuhu suke, haka nan kuma<br />

bayanuwar Ɗan mutum zata zama; <strong>Ga</strong>ma kamar yadda suna ci,<br />

suna sha suna amre, suna amraswa a cikin kwanakin da ke<br />

gaban ruwan rigyawa, har randa Nuhu ya shiga cikin jirgi, ba su<br />

sani ba, har rigyawa ta zo ta kwashe su duka, haka nan kuma<br />

bayanuwar Ɗan mutum zata zama.<br />

Abu ɗaya ya zama tabbas. Matakin da ya kamata a ɗauka kuma<br />

wanda yake da amfani game da hallakar dake tafe ita ce canza burina, da<br />

tunani na da niyya ta, da shiri na da bege na a nan duniya. Nan da nan,<br />

ya kamata in sani cewa abinda ya kamata ya zama da muhimmanci da<br />

zan maida hankali a kai shine cewa a cikin ’yan watani ƙalilan wannan<br />

duniya zata zo ƙarshe. A cikin waɗannan watannin da suka rage wanne<br />

abu ne mafi muhimmancin ga rayuwata da ta iyalina? Hakika bashi da<br />

wata nasaba da ganin cewa rayuwata a nan duniya tana da daɗi.<br />

A hakikanin gaskiya idan ni mai bi ne na gaskiya, dole in sani<br />

cewa a matsayi na na mai-tsaro, dole in damu da cewa ba iyalai na<br />

kaɗai ba, amma dukan duniya sun san da wannan labari mai ban tsoro<br />

na hallaka duniya.<br />

Watau, idan har gaskiyar gabatowar ƙarshen zamani bai sani na<br />

sake tunani da tafiyar da harka ta ba, ya kamata in amsa wannan<br />

tambaya: Shin na gaskata gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki cewa ranar 21 ga<br />

78


watan Mayu, 2011 ita ce ranar fyaucewa da kuma farkon ranar sharia?<br />

Ka tuna da faɗakarwar Luka 12:47.<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ɗaya ne jiya da yau, da har abada (Ibraniyawa 13:8).<br />

Mutanen Nineveh sun nuna mana hanya, kuma ya kamata mu bi<br />

ta hanyar yanzu da shike mun sani ba tare da wata tambaya ba cewa<br />

ranar shari’a tayi kusa. <strong>Allah</strong> ya yi bayani da tabbacin cewa yau ana<br />

ceton ɗumbin mutane da ba wanda zai iya ƙirgawa (Ruya ta Yohanna<br />

7:9-14). <strong>Allah</strong> ya nace da cewa shi ba mai tara bane (Romawa 2:11).<br />

Saboda haka akwai babban bege gare ka. Kana da babbar dama kamar<br />

kowane mutum a cikin duniya na zama zaɓɓaɓe na <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Ka fara karanta Littafi Mai-Tsarki kana kuma addu’a cewa ko<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> zai taimake ka ka ƙara zama mai biyyaya da shi sosai. Ka roƙi <strong>Allah</strong><br />

ya sa ka zama mai tawali’u. Don kawai shafe shekaru kana aikin fasto<br />

ko kuma kai memban Ikklisiya mai aminci, ba zai saka ka same<br />

tagomashi na samun ceto ba. Babu wani wuri na alfarma. Kuma ya yiwu<br />

majami’ar ka ko fasto, ko shaidar bangaskiya sun zama allahnka, domin<br />

duk wani abinda muka dogara gareshi ya zame mana allah.. Ya kamata<br />

dogararmu ta kasance a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki kaɗai. Ko da shike akwai<br />

abubuwa da dama a cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki da ba mu fahimta ba, tilas ne<br />

mu fahimci cewa duka ya fito ne daga bakin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Kada ka daina kuka zuwa ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin neman jinƙai. Amma<br />

kayi haka kana la’akari da cewa babu ɗaya daga cikin mu da ya cancanci<br />

jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong>. Saboda haka zamu je gareshi, muna roƙo, muna nema ‘ya<br />

Ubangiji ko yana iya yiwuwa ni ma in sami ceto.<br />

79


Sura Ta Bakwai<br />

Ceto<br />

Su wane ne ko ina masu zunubin suke waɗanda ba za’a jefa su<br />

cikin jahannama ba? Babu wanda ya sani. Lokacin kawai da zamu iya<br />

hakikance cewa muna ɗaya daga cikin zaɓɓaɓu na <strong>Allah</strong> shine lokacin da<br />

mu ka karɓi sabon ruhu rayayye daga wurin <strong>Allah</strong>. Lokacin da wannan ta<br />

faru, zamu sani ne kawai domin <strong>Allah</strong> ya zaɓe mu mu sami ceto, kuma<br />

ya rigaya ya tanada dukan komai domin cetonmu. Za mu sani cewa<br />

cetonmu gaba ɗaya alheri ne da jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong> kuma babu wani abu da<br />

muka yi da ya kaimu ga samun cetonmu.<br />

Idan <strong>Allah</strong> ya ba mutum sabuwar zuciya da sabon ruhu (Ezekiel<br />

36:26), <strong>Allah</strong> yana shirya wannan mutumin ne domin ya zauna tare da<br />

shi har abada. Sabuwar zuciya ko sabon ruhu, wanda muke kuma kira<br />

sabon ruhu rayayye, yana sake rayuwar mu yadda zamu yi marmarin<br />

aikata nufin <strong>Allah</strong>. Bugu da ƙari, mukan damu ƙwarai idan muka aikata<br />

zunubi, amma zai iya yiwuwa mu aikata zunubi domin muna cikin jiki<br />

wanda ba a cece shi ba. Saboda haka kafin mu zama ’ya’yan sabuwar<br />

sama da sabuwar duniya, za’a kuma bamu sabon ruhu rayayye. <strong>Allah</strong> zai<br />

iya ba dukan wanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya zaɓa sabon ruhu, a kowanne lokaci na<br />

rayuwar zaɓɓaɓen mutumin. Zai iya zama kafin haifuwa ko kuma minti<br />

ɗaya kafin mutuwa. Aiki ne wanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya shirya gaba ɗaya.<br />

Amma zai faru ne lokacin da zaɓaɓɓen mutumin yake ƙarƙashin<br />

jin maganar <strong>Allah</strong> (Romawa 10:17). Shi ya sa muke ƙoƙarin ƙarfafa<br />

kowane mutum a duniya ya saurari Littafi Mai-Tsarki. A gaskiya ma,<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> ya ɗokace mu da mu aika da maganar <strong>Allah</strong> cikin dukan duniya,<br />

domin kowa ya kasance ƙarƙashin jin Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

A sa mutane a cikin yanayin jin maganar <strong>Allah</strong> shine sa su<br />

ƙarƙashin dokar da <strong>Allah</strong> ya ba ’yan adam su yi biyayya ga Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki. Yin biyayya da Littafi Mai-Tsarki yana bukatar mu karanta ko mu<br />

saurari Littafi Mai-Tsarki. An umurce mu da mu sami ceto. An umurce<br />

mu mu tuba daga zunuban mu. An umurce mu, mu yi addu’a domin<br />

jinƙan <strong>Allah</strong>. An umurci wanda bashi da ceto yayi ƙoƙari ya shiga mulkin<br />

<strong>Allah</strong> (Luke 13:24). Wannan kalmar “ƙoƙari” daga kalmar Helenanci ce<br />

wadda take nufin raɗaɗi. Kamar mai tsere ne wanda yake fama domin ya<br />

yi nasara a tsere.<br />

Nan ne abin alajibi na ceto yake. Domin <strong>Allah</strong> ya halicci mutum a<br />

cikin kamanni da surarsa, ko da shike mutum mattace ne a ruhaniya, zai<br />

yi ƙoƙari da dukan ƙarfinsa ya bi umurnin <strong>Allah</strong>. Saboda haka zai saurara<br />

a hankali ya ji maganar <strong>Allah</strong> yana ƙoƙari yayi biyayya da umurnin <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Yadda <strong>Allah</strong> ya ke danganta wannan ƙoƙari wani abu ne wanda ya fi<br />

gaban ganewarmu. Babu shakka bai kamata mu gaskanta da cewa<br />

ƙoƙarin da muke yi na shiga mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> wani abin yabawa ba ne ko<br />

80


kaɗan. Ko kuma cewa ƙoƙarin da nake yi zai bani wani tabbaci da cewa<br />

zan sami ceto.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne cewa ta wurin ƙoƙarin da nake yi zan ƙara sanin<br />

littattafan dokokin <strong>Allah</strong> wato Littafi Mai-Tsarki. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne a cikin<br />

ƙoƙari na, zan ƙara neman nufin <strong>Allah</strong>, maimakon nawa nufin. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya<br />

ne cewa a cikin ƙoƙari na zan ƙasƙantar da kaina in yi kuka ga <strong>Allah</strong><br />

domin jinƙan sa. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne a cikin ƙoƙarin da zan ƙara gane cewa dole<br />

ne in dogara ga Ubangiji, idan shirinsa ne ya cece ni. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne cewa a<br />

cikin ƙoƙari na ina da bege mai-girma cewa nima zan yi zama ɗaya daga<br />

cikin zaɓɓaɓu na <strong>Allah</strong>. <strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne cewa a yau, <strong>Allah</strong> yana ceton ɗumbin<br />

mutane da babu mai-iya ƙirgawa, kuma ya yiwu ni ma a zaɓe ni a cikin<br />

waɗannan mutanen.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne kuma cewa <strong>Allah</strong> yana mulki akan masu ceto da<br />

marasa ceto. Watau <strong>Allah</strong> yana iya sa wanda ba shi da ceto ya aikata<br />

nufinsa daga lokaci zuwa lokaci, ko da shi ke <strong>Allah</strong> ba shi da shirin ya<br />

cece wannan mutumin. Hakanan yayinda mutumin da bashi da ceto<br />

yake ƙoƙarin shiga mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> dukan abinda ya aikata da ya kasance<br />

biyayya da <strong>Allah</strong>, ya yiwu <strong>Allah</strong> ne yake aiki a cikinsa ko da shike ba ya<br />

cikin waɗanda <strong>Allah</strong> ya zaɓa. Ko kuma watakila ƙoƙarin wannan<br />

mutumin ne, yayi biyayya ga <strong>Allah</strong>, ko kuma ya haɗa duka da aikin <strong>Allah</strong><br />

da aikin mutumin. <strong>Allah</strong> ne kaɗai ya san daidai abin da yake faruwa a<br />

cikin rayuwar mutumin.<br />

Amma duka wannan aikin <strong>Allah</strong> ne. Mutunin da bashi da ceto ba<br />

zai iya sanin ko aikin <strong>Allah</strong> ba ne ko na shi ne yake shafar rayuwarsa.<br />

Abinda kawai zai iya tabbatarwa shine idan ya sami ceto to ya kasance<br />

ne gaba ɗaya aikin Kristi ne. A cikin Joel 2:12-13 mun karanta cewa:<br />

Amma ko yanzu, in ji Ubangiji ku juyo mani da dukan zuciyarku,<br />

tare da azumi da kuka da baƙin ciki, ku tsaga zukatanku ba<br />

tufafinku ba, ku juyo wurin Ubangiji <strong>Allah</strong>nmu, gama shi mai<br />

alheri ne, cike da juyayi, mai jinkirin fushi, mai yalwar jinƙai, yana<br />

sake nufinsa a kan masifan da ya shirya.<br />

Idan wanda ba shi da ceto ya gane cewa yana ƙara gaba da<br />

zunubi kuma ya fi murna lokacin da yake aikata nufin <strong>Allah</strong>, yana kuma<br />

da marmari da sha’awa yayi biyayya da dukan umurnin Littafi Mai-<br />

Tsarki, watakila, Ruhun <strong>Allah</strong> ne yake shaida tare da nasa ruhun cewa ya<br />

sami ceto.<br />

Dole mu tuna cewa <strong>Allah</strong> yana da ’yanci ya umurci ’yan adam suyi<br />

biyayya da dokokinsa. Domin an halicci ’yan adam a cikin sura da<br />

kamanin <strong>Allah</strong>, ɗan adam kamar <strong>Allah</strong> da kansa yana ƙarƙashin dokar<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>, Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Idan mutum yana zaune a cikin duniyar nan<br />

kuma bai taɓa jin komai daga Littafi Mai-Tsarki ba, tilas ne <strong>Allah</strong> ya<br />

shirya ma wannan mutum hanyar da zai kasance ƙarƙashin jin Littafi<br />

81


Mai-Tsarki idan mutumin yana ɗaya daga cikin zaɓaɓɓu na <strong>Allah</strong>.<br />

Wannan zai iya faruwa a kowanne lokaci cikin rayuwar mutumin.<br />

Duk da haka Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya damu ƙwarai game da waɗanda<br />

suka karanta Littafi Mai-Tsarki, ko suka ji umurnin <strong>Allah</strong> da kunnuwansu<br />

amma ba su jin Littafi Mai-Tsarki. Ta yaya wannan zai kasance? Mun<br />

kwatanta cikin Kubawar Sharia 28:45 cewa:<br />

Kuma dukan waɗannan la’anoni za su sauko maka, su bi ka, su<br />

cimmaka, har ka hallaka; domin ba ka lura da muryar Ubangiji<br />

<strong>Allah</strong>nka ba, da zaka kiyaye dokokinsa da farillansa waɗanda ya<br />

umurce ka da su.<br />

Mun kuma karanta a cikin Irimiya 29:17-19 cewa:<br />

In ji Ubangiji mai runduna, ga shi zai aika masu da takobi, da<br />

yunwa da alloba, in maishe su kamar munanan ɓaure, waɗanda<br />

ba su ciyuwa domin muninsu. Zan runtime su da takobi, da<br />

yunwa da aloba, in bashe su domin a yi shillo da su a cikin<br />

dukan mulkokin duniya, su zama abin la’ana, abin al’ajibi,<br />

abin reni, abin zargi, a cikin dukan al’ummai inda na kore su,<br />

don basu kasa kunne ga zantattukana ba, in ji Ubangiji, waɗanda<br />

ina aike masu da su ta bakin bayina annabawa, ina assubanci ina<br />

aikansu: amma kun ƙi ji, in ji UBANGIJI.<br />

Kalmar nan “kasa kunne” a cikin waɗannan gargadi guda biyu,<br />

waɗanda suka yi kama da yawancin faɗakarwar da aka rubuta a cikin<br />

Littafi Mai-Tsarki, yana nufin a ji a kuma yi biyayya. <strong>Allah</strong> yana koya<br />

mana cewa idan muka ji maganar <strong>Allah</strong> dake cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki da<br />

kunnuwan mu amma bamu yi ƙoƙari mu yi biyayya da abin da muka ji<br />

ba, daidai yake da rashin jin maganar <strong>Allah</strong>. waɗannan mutane sun sa<br />

kansu da gangan a waje daga inda <strong>Allah</strong> yake ceto. Ra’ayin da suke da<br />

shi na ceto ko kuma waɗansu koyarwa na Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya hana su<br />

ƙasƙantar da kansu su ji su kuma yi marmarin biyayya da umurnin da<br />

gaskiyar Littafi Mai-Tsarki.<br />

Duk da haka akwai bege kyakkyawan bege ga waɗanda suka ƙasƙantar<br />

da kansu suka amince da zunubansu, suka kuma juyo daga tunanin da<br />

suke da shi a da, suka yi ƙoƙarin biyayya da dukan Littafi Mai-Tsarki,<br />

kuma suka ƙaskantar da kansu suka yi kuka ga <strong>Allah</strong> domin jinƙan sa.<br />

<strong>Ga</strong>skiya ne Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya koyar da cewa fushin <strong>Allah</strong> yanzu<br />

yana kan kowacce majami’a da suke samuwa a duk faɗin duniya.<br />

Majami’u ne wakilan mulkin <strong>Allah</strong> a duniya na tsawon shekaru 1,955.<br />

Abin baƙin ciki shine, suna amfani da sunan <strong>Allah</strong> suka riƙa koyarwa sun<br />

kuma ci gaba da koyarwar da ta saɓawa koyarwar Littafi Mai-Tsarki,<br />

suna cewa Littafi Mai-Tsarki ne tushen koyarwarsu. Daɗin daɗawa,<br />

shaiɗan ne a maimakon Kristi, mai mulkinsu na ruhaniya. A yau, babu<br />

82


wani bege ga wata Ikklisiya da ke cikin dukan duniya. Ana shirya<br />

waɗanda suka rage a cikinsu zuwa shiga ranar shari’a.<br />

Juyowa ne kawai daga yanayin bautar shaiɗan cikin ruhaniya da<br />

kuma gujewa daga majami’u da kuma zuwa da karayar zuciya ta<br />

ruhaniya ga <strong>Allah</strong> na Littafi Mai-Tsarki kuma su zama ƙarkashin jin<br />

maganar <strong>Allah</strong>, shine begen kowane mutum.<br />

BARI ALLAH YAYI MANA JINƘAI<br />

83


FARAWA<br />

2:17 44<br />

15:18 28,70<br />

25:29-24 33<br />

41:32 71<br />

50:15 68<br />

50:20 68<br />

FITOWA<br />

17:6 69<br />

LITTAFIN LISSAFI<br />

20:11 38<br />

KUBAWAR SHARI’A<br />

1:7 70<br />

11:24 70<br />

21:17 33<br />

28:16-68 68<br />

28:20 40<br />

28:45 40,82<br />

33:11 64<br />

JOSHUA<br />

1:4 70<br />

7:18-26 54<br />

ALKALAWA<br />

2:16 2:16<br />

ISAMAILA<br />

8:20 22<br />

IISAMA’ILA<br />

1:19 14<br />

1:24 14<br />

2:5 14<br />

ƊAUKAKA GA ALLAH<br />

Jerin Ayoyi da shafi<br />

18:33 15<br />

AYUBA<br />

4:20 30<br />

ZABURA<br />

5:5 11<br />

7:8 23<br />

7:11 23<br />

9:19 23<br />

16:10 42,62<br />

26:1 23<br />

51:5 11<br />

67:4<br />

72:1-4 23<br />

103:6 23<br />

119:106 17<br />

MAI WA’AZI<br />

8:5-6 8,13,17<br />

8:5-7 V<br />

ISHAYA<br />

10:23-26 30<br />

14:13-14 66<br />

40:2 38<br />

53:12 41<br />

54:7-8 43<br />

55:7-8 43<br />

57:20 26<br />

IRMIYA<br />

7:33-82 52<br />

17:18 28<br />

29:17-19 82<br />

46:28 30<br />

84<br />

EZEKIEL<br />

3:17 V<br />

18:20 24<br />

18:23 10<br />

18:32 10<br />

33:2-7 18<br />

33 3<br />

33:2-7 18<br />

33:11 15<br />

37 51<br />

37:4-5 52<br />

37:12-13 51<br />

DANIEL<br />

6:26 66<br />

7:13-14 56<br />

12:2 51<br />

12:4 52<br />

12:9 51<br />

JOEL<br />

2:12-13 81<br />

3:9-16 55<br />

YUNANA<br />

4:11 70<br />

NAHUM<br />

1:6 30<br />

1:8 30<br />

3:5-6 53<br />

ZACHARIA<br />

13:9 71<br />

MALACHI<br />

4:1 30


MATTA<br />

3:17 37<br />

4:24 31<br />

5:44 14<br />

5:45 73<br />

7:22-23 52<br />

8:6 26<br />

8:11-12 30,44,52,71<br />

11:23-24 61<br />

12 22,23<br />

12:36 23<br />

12:41 32,47<br />

12:41,42 70<br />

13:42 30,41,71<br />

13:49-50 30,52<br />

13:50 30,52<br />

20:18 39<br />

22:36,37-40 13<br />

24:27-31 60,61<br />

24:28 61,62<br />

24:37-39 76<br />

24:57 71<br />

25:30 30,71<br />

25:34 32<br />

26:39 66<br />

26:63-64 39<br />

27:19 61<br />

27:46 39<br />

27:51-53 39<br />

27:62-66 39<br />

28:11-15 61<br />

MARKUS<br />

4:39 49<br />

4:41 49<br />

5:13 27<br />

9:43-44 29<br />

11:14 36<br />

15:28 37<br />

LUKA<br />

2:48 32<br />

3:6 37<br />

10:29-37 14<br />

12:45-48 76<br />

12:47 79<br />

13:24 80<br />

13:26-28 56<br />

13:28 34<br />

15:31 33<br />

16 31,41<br />

16:22 31<br />

16:23 31<br />

16:24 24,32<br />

16:25 31<br />

17:36-37 56<br />

19:41-44 15<br />

21:22 19<br />

22:30 72<br />

23:4 38<br />

23:22 39<br />

23:42 75<br />

23:43 43<br />

23:46 39<br />

YOHANA<br />

1:14 11<br />

1:18 37<br />

1:51 58<br />

3:16 69<br />

5:28-29 51<br />

11:33-35 74<br />

11:50-51 39<br />

14:21 11,12<br />

19: 7 39<br />

19<br />

19:6<br />

AYYUKAN MANZANI<br />

1:6 9,3,18<br />

1:6-8 v<br />

1:7 18<br />

1:7-8 18<br />

1:8 18<br />

1:11 58<br />

20:38 31,32<br />

86<br />

24:15 51<br />

ROMAWA<br />

1:4 36,42<br />

2:11 79<br />

5:12 45<br />

6:23 11,41<br />

8:38 65<br />

10:17 80<br />

14:10-11 23<br />

14:12<br />

I KORINTHIYAWA<br />

6:2-3 54<br />

15:22 26,45<br />

15:26 27,31<br />

15:44 52<br />

15:51-52 45<br />

II KORINTHIYAWA<br />

5:10 8,23<br />

5:21 45<br />

GALATIYAWA<br />

2:30 40<br />

3:13 40<br />

AFISAWA<br />

1:19-23 66<br />

1:21 66<br />

2:5 45<br />

3:10 65<br />

3:10-11 44<br />

6:12 65<br />

KOLOSIYAWA<br />

1:16 65<br />

1:17 36<br />

1:18 36<br />

2:10 65<br />

2:13 45<br />

2:15 65<br />

ITASSALUNIKAWA<br />

4:13-17 45


5:1-4 21<br />

5:2 8<br />

5:2-6 19<br />

II TASSALUNIKAWA<br />

1:10 44<br />

2:11 43<br />

ITIMOTHAWUS<br />

3:15 4<br />

II TIMOTHAWUS<br />

1:9 37<br />

1:9-10 37<br />

TITUS<br />

3:1 56,66<br />

IBRANIYAWA<br />

1:2 36<br />

1:5 37<br />

4:3 36<br />

4:12 66<br />

4:12-13 11<br />

7:9-10 68<br />

10:4-7 38<br />

11:7 55<br />

12:16-17 33<br />

12:29 29,34<br />

13:8 79<br />

YAKUB<br />

2:10 9<br />

I BITRUS<br />

1:20 37<br />

2:12 54<br />

2:22 45<br />

4:17 19<br />

II BITRUS<br />

2:8 31<br />

3:10 29,8<br />

I YOHANNA<br />

3:9 45<br />

YAHUDA<br />

6 67<br />

13 26<br />

RUYA TA YOHANNA<br />

1:7 58<br />

1:18 68<br />

2:26 54<br />

3:9 54<br />

3:10 7<br />

86<br />

7:4-8 54<br />

7:4-14 15<br />

9:1-21 44<br />

9:5 27<br />

9:14 75<br />

9:15 76<br />

9:17-18 76<br />

11:10 27<br />

13:7 43<br />

13:8 27<br />

14:10 8<br />

16:10-11 56<br />

16:18 28<br />

17:14 56<br />

18:6 26<br />

19:11-16 68<br />

19:19-21 56<br />

18:8 29<br />

19:20 28<br />

20:10 28<br />

20:11-13 25<br />

20:12 23<br />

20:13 23<br />

20:14 23,24<br />

20:14-15 28<br />

21:1 27<br />

21:8 28

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!